Copyright (c) 2017-2019 The Khronos Group Inc. All Rights reserved.

This Specification is protected by copyright laws and contains material proprietary to Khronos. Except as described by these terms, it or any components may not be reproduced, republished, distributed, transmitted, displayed, broadcast or otherwise exploited in any manner without the express prior written permission of Khronos. Khronos grants a conditional copyright license to use and reproduce the unmodified Specification for any purpose, without fee or royalty, EXCEPT no licenses to any patent, trademark or other intellectual property rights are granted under these terms.

Khronos makes no, and expressly disclaims any, representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding this Specification, including, without limitation: merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of any intellectual property, correctness, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, and reliability. Under no circumstances will Khronos, or any of its Promoters, Contributors or Members, or their respective partners, officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives be liable for any damages, whether direct, indirect, special or consequential damages for lost revenues, lost profits, or otherwise, arising from or in connection with these materials.

This Specification has been created under the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy, which is Attachment A of the Khronos Group Membership Agreement available at https://www.khronos.org/files/member_agreement.pdf, and which defines the terms 'Scope', 'Compliant Portion', and 'Necessary Patent Claims'. Parties desiring to implement the Specification and make use of Khronos trademarks in relation to that implementation, and receive reciprocal patent license protection under the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy must become Adopters and confirm the implementation as conformant under the process defined by Khronos for this Specification; see https://www.khronos.org/adopters. Some parts of this Specification are purely informative and so are EXCLUDED from the Scope of this Specification. The Document Conventions section of the Introduction defines how these parts of the Specification are identified.

Where this Specification uses technical terminology, defined in the Glossary or otherwise, that refer to enabling technologies that are not expressly set forth in this Specification, those enabling technologies are EXCLUDED from the Scope of this Specification. For clarity, enabling technologies not disclosed with particularity in this Specification (e.g. semiconductor manufacturing technology, hardware architecture, processor architecture or microarchitecture, memory architecture, compiler technology, object oriented technology, basic operating system technology, compression technology, algorithms, and so on) are NOT to be considered expressly set forth; only those application program interfaces and data structures disclosed with particularity are included in the Scope of this Specification.

For purposes of the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy as it relates to the definition of Necessary Patent Claims, all recommended or optional features, behaviors and functionality set forth in this Specification, if implemented, are considered to be included as Compliant Portions.

Vulkan and Khronos are registered trademarks of The Khronos Group Inc. OpenGL and OpenGL ES are registered trademarks of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, all used under license by Khronos. All other product names, trademarks, and/or company names are used solely for identification and belong to their respective owners.

1. Introduction

This chapter is informative except for the section on Normative Terminology.

This document, referred to as the "OpenXR Specification" or just the "Specification" hereafter, describes OpenXR: what it is, how it acts, and what is required to implement it. We assume that the reader has a basic understanding of computer graphics and the technologies involved in virtual and augmented reality. This means familiarity with the essentials of computer graphics algorithms and terminology, modern GPUs (Graphic Processing Units), tracking technologies, head mounted devices, and input modalities.

The canonical version of the Specification is available in the official OpenXR Registry, located at URL

1.1. What is OpenXR?

OpenXR is an API (Application Programming Interface) for XR applications. XR refers to a continuum of real-and-virtual combined environments generated by computers through human-machine interaction and is inclusive of the technologies associated with virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR). OpenXR is the interface between an application and an in-process or out-of-process "XR runtime system", or just "runtime" hereafter. The runtime may handle such functionality as frame composition, peripheral management, and raw tracking information.

Optionally, a runtime may support device layer plugins which allow access to a variety of hardware across a commonly defined interface.

1.2. The Programmer’s View of OpenXR

To the application programmer, OpenXR is a set of functions that interface with a runtime to perform commonly required operations such as accessing controller/peripheral state, getting current and/or predicted tracking positions, and submitting rendered frames.

A typical OpenXR program begins with a call to create an instance which establishes a connection to a runtime. Then a call is made to create a system which selects for use a physical display and a subset of input, tracking, and graphics devices. Subsequently a call is made to create buffers into which the application will render one or more views using the appropriate graphics APIs for the platform. Finally calls are made to create a session and begin the application’s XR rendering loop.

1.3. The Implementor’s View of OpenXR

To the runtime implementor, OpenXR is a set of functions that control the operation of the XR system and establishes the lifecycle of a XR application.

The implementor’s task is to provide a software library on the host which implements the OpenXR API, while mapping the work for each OpenXR function to the graphics hardware as appropriate for the capabilities of the device.

1.4. Our View of OpenXR

We view OpenXR as a mechanism for interacting with VR/AR/MR systems in a platform-agnostic way.

We expect this model to result in a specification that satisfies the needs of both programmers and runtime implementors. It does not, however, necessarily provide a model for implementation. A runtime implementation must produce results conforming to those produced by the specified methods, but may carry out particular procedures in ways that are more efficient than the one specified.

1.5. Filing Bug Reports

Issues with and bug reports on the OpenXR Specification and the API Registry can be filed in the Khronos OpenXR GitHub repository, located at URL

Please tag issues with appropriate labels, such as “Specification”, “Ref Pages” or “Registry”, to help us triage and assign them appropriately. Unfortunately, GitHub does not currently let users who do not have write access to the repository set GitHub labels on issues. In the meantime, they can be added to the title line of the issue set in brackets, e.g. “[Specification]”.

1.6. Document Conventions

The OpenXR specification is intended for use by both implementors of the API and application developers seeking to make use of the API, forming a contract between these parties. Specification text may address either party; typically the intended audience can be inferred from context, though some sections are defined to address only one of these parties. (For example, Valid Usage sections only address application developers). Any requirements, prohibitions, recommendations or options defined by normative terminology are imposed only on the audience of that text.

1.6.1. Normative Terminology

The key words must, required, should, may, and optional in this document, when denoted as above, are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119:

must

When used alone, this word, or the term required, means that the definition is an absolute requirement of the specification. When followed by not (“must not” ), the phrase means that the definition is an absolute prohibition of the specification.

should

When used alone, this word means that there may exist valid reasons in particular circumstances to ignore a particular item, but the full implications must be understood and carefully weighed before choosing a different course. When followed by not (“should not”), the phrase means that there may exist valid reasons in particular circumstances when the particular behavior is acceptable or even useful, but the full implications should be understood and the case carefully weighed before implementing any behavior described with this label.

may

This word, or the adjective optional, means that an item is truly optional. One vendor may choose to include the item because a particular marketplace requires it or because the vendor feels that it enhances the product while another vendor may omit the same item.

The additional terms can and cannot are to be interpreted as follows:

can

This word means that the particular behavior described is a valid choice for an application, and is never used to refer to runtime behavior.

cannot

This word means that the particular behavior described is not achievable by an application, for example, an entry point does not exist.

There is an important distinction between cannot and must not, as used in this Specification. Cannot means something the application literally is unable to express or accomplish through the API, while must not means something that the application is capable of expressing through the API, but that the consequences of doing so are undefined and potentially unrecoverable for the runtime.

2. Fundamentals

2.1. API Version Numbers and Semantics

The version number is used in several places in the OpenXR API. In each such use, the API major version number, minor version number, and patch version number are packed into a 32-bit integer as follows:

Version Numbers
  • The major version number is a 10-bit integer packed into bits 31-22.

  • The minor version number is a 10-bit integer packed into bits 21-12.

  • The patch version number is a 12-bit integer packed into bits 11-0.

Differences in any of the version numbers indicate a change to the API, with each part of the version number indicating a different scope of change, as follows.

Note

The rules below apply to OpenXR versions 1.0 or later. Prerelease versions of OpenXR may use different rules for versioning.

A difference in patch version numbers indicates that some usually small part of the specification or header has been modified, typically to fix a bug, and may have an impact on the behavior of existing functionality. Differences in the patch version number must affect neither full compatibility nor backwards compatibility between two versions, nor may it add additional interfaces to the API.

A difference in minor version numbers indicates that some amount of new functionality has been added. This will usually include new interfaces in the header, and may also include behavior changes and bug fixes. Functionality may be deprecated in a minor revision, but must not be removed. When a new minor version is introduced, the patch version is reset to 0, and each minor revision maintains its own set of patch versions. Differences in the minor version number should not affect backwards compatibility, but will affect full compatibility.

A difference in major version numbers indicates a large set of changes to the API, potentially including new functionality and header interfaces, behavioral changes, removal of deprecated features, modification or outright replacement of any feature, and is thus very likely to break compatibility. Differences in the major version number will typically require significant modification to application code in order for it to function properly.

The following table attempts to detail the changes that may occur versus when they must not be updated (indicating the next version number must be updated instead) during an update to any of the major, minor, or patch version numbers:

Table 1. Scenarios Which May Cause a Version Change

Reason

Major Version

Minor Version

Patch Version

Extensions Added/Removed*

may

may

may

Spec-Optional Behavior Changed*

may

may

may

Spec Required Behavior Changed*

may

may

must not

Core Interfaces Added*

may

may

must not

Weak Deprecation*

may

may

must not

Strong Deprecation*

may

must not

must not

Core Interfaces Changed/Removed*

may

must not

must not

In the above table, the following identify the various cases in detail:

Extensions Added/Removed

An extension may be added or removed with a change at this patch level.

Specification-Optional Behavior Changed

Some optional behavior laid out in this specification has changed. Usually this will involve a change in behavior that is marked with the normatives should or may. For example, a runtime that previously did not validate a particular use case may now begin validating that use case.

Specification-Required Behavior Changed

A behavior of runtimes that is required by this specification may have changed. For example, a previously optional validation may now have become mandatory for runtimes.

Core Interfaces Added

New interfaces may have been added to this specification (and to the OpenXR header file) in revisions at this level.

Weak Deprecation

An interface may have been weakly deprecated at this level. This may happen if there is now a better way to accomplish the same thing. Applications making this call should behave the same as before the deprecation, but following the new path may be more performant, less latent, or otherwise yield better results. It is possible that some runtimes may choose to give run-time warnings that the feature has been weakly deprecated and will likely be strongly deprecated or removed in the future.

Strong Deprecation

An interface may have been strongly deprecated at this level. This means that the interface must still exist (so applications that are compiled against it will still run) but it may now be a no-op, or it may be that its behavior has been significantly changed. It may be that this functionality is no longer necessary, or that its functionality has been subsumed by another call. This should not break an application, but some behavior may be different or unanticipated.

Interfaces Changed/Removed

An interface may have been changed — with different parameters or return types — at this level. An interface or feature may also have been removed entirely. It is almost certain that rebuilding applications will be required.

2.2. String Encoding

This API uses strings as input and output for some functions. Unless otherwise specified, all such strings are NULL terminated UTF-8 encoded character arrays.

2.3. Threading Behavior

The OpenXR API is intended to provide scalable performance when used on multiple host threads. All functions must support being called concurrently from multiple threads, but certain parameters, or components of parameters are defined to be externally synchronized. This means that the caller must guarantee that no more than one thread is using such a parameter at a given time.

More precisely, functions use simple stores to update software structures representing objects. A parameter declared as externally synchronized may have its software structures updated at any time during the host execution of the function. If two functions operate on the same object and at least one of the functions declares the object to be externally synchronized, then the caller must guarantee not only that the functions do not execute simultaneously, but also that the two functions are separated by an appropriate memory barrier if needed.

The following is a complete list of externally synchronized parameters in OpenXR:

Externally Synchronized Parameters

2.4. Multiprocessing Behavior

The OpenXR API does not explicitly recognize nor require support for multiple processes using the runtime simultaneously, nor does it prevent a runtime from providing such support.

2.5. Runtime

An OpenXR runtime is software which implements the OpenXR API. There may be more than one OpenXR runtime installed on a system, but only one runtime can be active at any given time.

2.6. Extensions

OpenXR is an extensible API that can grow through the addition of new features. Similar to other Khronos APIs, extensions can be used to expose new OpenXR functions or modify the behavior of existing OpenXR functions. Extensions are optional and therefore must be enabled by the application before the extended functionality is made available. Because extensions are optional, they may be implemented only on a subset of runtimes, graphics platforms, or operating systems. Therefore, an application must first query which extensions are available before enabling.

The application queries the available list of extensions using the the xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties function. Once an application determines which target extensions are supported, it can enable some subset of them during the call to xrCreateInstance.

OpenXR extensions have unique names that convey information about what functionality is provided. The names have the following format:

Extension Name Formatting
  • The prefix "XR_" to identify this as an OpenXR extension

  • A string identifier for the vendor tag, which corresponds to the company or group exposing the extension. The vendor tag must use only uppercase letters and decimal digits. Some examples include:

    • "KHR" for Khronos extensions, supported by multiple vendors.

    • "EXT" for non-Khronos extensions supported by multiple vendors.

  • An underscore "_".

  • A string uniquely identifying the extension. The string is a compound of substrings which must use only lower case letters and decimal digits. The substrings are delimited with single underscores.

For example: XR_KHR_composition_layer_cube is an OpenXR extension created by the Khronos (KHR) OpenXR Working Group to support cube composition layers.

The public list of available extensions known at the time of this specification being generated appears in the List of Extensions appendix at the end of this document.

2.7. API Layers

OpenXR is designed to be a layered API, which means that a user or application may insert API layers between the application and the runtime implementation. These API layers provide additional functionality by intercepting OpenXR functions from the layer above and then performing different operations than would otherwise be performed without the layer. In the simplest cases, the layer simply calls the next layer down with the same arguments, but a more complex layer may implement API functionality that is not present in the layers or runtime below it. This mechanism is essentially an architected "function shimming" or "intercept" feature that is designed into OpenXR and meant to replace more informal methods of "hooking" API calls.

2.7.1. Examples of API Layers

Validation Layer

The layered API approach employed by OpenXR allows for the expensive validation of correct API usage to be implemented in a "validation" layer. This layer allows the application developer to develop their application with the validation layer active to ensure that the application is using the API correctly. The validation layer confirms that the application has set up object state correctly, has provided the required data for each function, ensures that required resources are available, etc. If the validation layer detects a problem, it issues an error message that can be logged or captured by the application via a callback. After the developer has determined that the application is correct, they turn off the validation layer to allow the application to run in a production environment without repeatedly incurring the validation expense.

API Logging Layer

Another example of an API layer is an API logging layer that simply serializes all the API calls to an output sink in a text format, including printing out argument values and structure contents.

API Trace Layer

A related API trace layer produces a trace file that contains all the information provided to the API so that the trace file can be played back by a replay program.

2.7.2. Naming API Layers

To organize API layer names and prevent collisions in the API layer name namespace, API layers must be named using the following convention:

XR_APILAYER_<VENDOR-TAG>_short_name

Vendors are responsible for registering a vendor tag with the OpenXR working group and just like for implementors, they must maintain their vendor namespace.

Example of an API layer name produced by the Acme company for the "check best practices" API layer:

XR_APILAYER_ACME_check_best_practices

2.7.3. Activating API Layers

Application Activation

Applications may determine the API layers that are available to them by calling the xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties function to obtain a list of available API layers. Applications then may select the desired API layers from this list and provide them to the xrCreateInstance function when creating an instance.

System Activation

Application users or users performing roles such as system integrator or system administrator may configure a system to activate API layers without involvement from the applications. These platform-dependent steps may include the installation of API layer-related files, setting environment variables, or other platform-specific operations. The options that are available for configuring the API layers in this manner are also dependent on the platform.

2.7.4. API Layer Extensions

API layers may implement OpenXR functions that may or may not be supported by the underlying runtime. In order to expose these new features, the API layer must expose this functionality in the form of an OpenXR extension. It must not expose new OpenXR functions without an associated extension.

For example, an OpenXR API-logging API layer might expose an API function to allow the application to turn logging on for only a portion of its execution. Since new functions must be exposed through an extension, the vendor has created an extension called XR_ACME_logging_on_off to contain these new functions. The application should query if the API layer supports the extension and then, only if it exists, enable both the extension and the API layer by name during xrCreateInstance.

To find out what extensions an API layer supports, an application must first verify that the API layer exists on the current system by calling xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties. After verifying an API layer of interest exists, the application then should call xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties and provide the API layer name as the first parameter. This will return the list of extensions implemented internally in that API layer.

2.7.5. Type Aliasing

Type aliasing refers to the situation in which the actual type of a element does not match the declared type. Some C and C++ compilers can be configured to assume that the actual type matches the declared type, and may be so configured by default at common optimization levels. Without this, otherwise undefined behavior may occur. This compiler feature is typically referred to as "strict aliasing," and it can usually be enabled or disabled via compiler options. The OpenXR specification does not support strict aliasing, as there are some cases in which an application may need to provide a struct with a type that differs from the declared type. For example, XrFrameEndInfo::layers is an array of type const XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader * const. However, the array must be of one of the specific layer types, such as XrCompositionLayerQuad. Similarly, xrEnumerateSwapchainImages accepts an array of XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader, whereas the actual type passed must be an array of a type such as XrSwapchainImageVulkanKHR. For OpenXR to work correctly, the compiler must support the type aliasing described here.

#if !defined(XR_MAY_ALIAS)
#if defined(__clang__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 4))
#define XR_MAY_ALIAS __attribute__((__may_alias__))
#else
#define XR_MAY_ALIAS
#endif
#endif

As a convenience, some types and pointers that are known at specification time to alias values of different types have been annotated with the XR_MAY_ALIAS definition. If this macro is not defined before including OpenXR headers, and a new enough Clang or GCC compiler is used, it will be defined to the compiler-specific attribute annotation to inform these compilers that those pointers may alias. However, there is no guarantee that all aliasing types or pointers have been correctly marked with this macro, so thorough testing is still recommended if you choose (at your own risk) to permit your compiler to perform type-based aliasing analysis.

2.7.6. Valid Usage

Valid usage defines a set of conditions which must be met in order to achieve well-defined run-time behavior in an application. These conditions depend only on API state, and the parameters or objects whose usage is constrained by the condition.

Some valid usage conditions have dependencies on runtime limits or feature availability. It is possible to validate these conditions against the API’s minimum or maximum supported values for these limits and features, or some subset of other known values.

Valid usage conditions do not cover conditions where well-defined behavior (including returning an error code) exists.

Valid usage conditions should apply to a function or structure where complete information about the condition would be known during execution of an application. This is such that a validation API layer or linter can be written directly against these statements at the point they are specified.

2.7.7. Implicit Valid Usage

Some valid usage conditions apply to all functions and structures in the API, unless explicitly denoted otherwise for a specific function or structure. These conditions are considered implicit. Implicit valid usage conditions are described in detail below.

Valid Usage for Object Handles

Any input parameter to a function that is an object handle must be a valid object handle, unless otherwise specified. An object handle is valid if and only if:

Object Handle Validity Conditions
  • it has been created or allocated by a previous, successful call to the API,

  • it has not been destroyed by a previous call to the API, and

  • its parent handle is also valid.

There are contexts in which an object handle is optional or otherwise unspecified. In those cases, the API uses XR_NULL_HANDLE, which has the integer value 0.

Valid Usage for Pointers

Any parameter that is a pointer must be a valid pointer when the specification indicates that the runtime uses the pointer. A pointer is valid if and only if it points at memory containing values of the number and type(s) expected by the function, and all fundamental types accessed through the pointer (e.g. as elements of an array or as members of a structure) satisfy the alignment requirements of the host processor.

Valid Usage for Enumerated Types

Any parameter of an enumerated type must be a valid enumerant for that type. An enumerant is valid if and only if the enumerant is defined as part of the enumerated type in question.

Valid Usage for Flags

A collection of flags is represented by a bitmask using the type XrFlags64:

typedef uint64_t XrFlags64;

Bitmasks are passed to many functions and structures to compactly represent options and are stored in memory defined by the XrFlags64 type. But the API does not use the XrFlags64 type directly. Instead, a Xr*Flags type is used which is an alias of the XrFlags64 type. The API also defines a set of constant bit definitions used to set the bitmasks.

Any Xr*Flags member or parameter used in the API must be a valid combination of bit flags. A valid combination is either zero or the bitwise OR of valid bit flags. A bit flag is valid if and only if:

Bit Flag Validity
  • The bit flag is one of the constant bit definitions defined by the same Xr*Flags type as the Xr*Flags member or parameter. Valid flag values may also be defined by extensions.

  • The flag is allowed in the context in which it is being used. For example, in some cases, certain bit flags or combinations of bit flags are mutually exclusive.

Valid Usage for Structure Types

Any parameter that is a structure containing a type member must have a value of type which is a valid XrStructureType value matching the type of the structure. As a general rule, the name of this value is obtained by taking the structure name, stripping the leading Xr, prefixing each capital letter with an underscore, converting the entire resulting string to upper case, and prefixing it with XR_TYPE_.

The only exceptions to this rule are API and Operating System names which are converted in a way that produces a more readable value:


  • OpenGL ⇒ _OPENGL

  • OpenGLES ⇒ _OPENGL_ES

  • D3D ⇒ _D3D

  • VULKAN ⇒ _VULKAN *

Valid Usage for Structure Pointer Chains

Any structure containing a void* next member must have a value of next that is either NULL, or points to a valid structure defined by an extension. The extension structure must contain type and next member values for that specific structure as described in the extension’s documentation. The set of structures connected by next pointers is referred to as a next chain.

In order to insert an extension structure into a next chain, the proper extension must have been previously enabled during xrCreateInstance. If the appropriate extension has not been enabled, then the structure must be ignored.

Most extension structures are described in the base OpenXR Specification under the List of Extensions. Vendor-specific extensions may be found there as well, or may only be available from the vendor’s website or internal document repositories.

Unless otherwise specified: Extension structs which are output structs may be modified by the runtime with the exception of the type and next fields. Upon return from any function, all type and next fields in the chain must be unmodified.

Useful Base Structures

As a convenience to runtimes and layers needing to iterate through a structure pointer chain, the OpenXR API provides the following base structures:

The XrBaseInStructure structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrBaseInStructure {
    XrStructureType                    type;
    const struct XrBaseInStructure*    next;
} XrBaseInStructure;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

XrBaseInStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a read-only structure pointer chain.

The XrBaseOutStructure structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrBaseOutStructure {
    XrStructureType               type;
    struct XrBaseOutStructure*    next;
} XrBaseOutStructure;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

XrBaseOutStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a structure pointer chain that returns data back to the application.

These structures allow for some type safety and can be used by OpenXR API functions that operate on generic inputs and outputs.

Next Chain Structure Uniqueness

Applications must ensure that they create and insert no more than one occurrence of each type of extension structure in a given next chain. Other components of OpenXR (such as the OpenXR loader or an API Layer) may insert duplicate structures into this chain. This provides those components the ability to update a structure that appears in the next chain by making a modified copy of that same structure and placing the new version at the beginning of the chain. The benefit of allowing this duplication is each component is no longer required to create a copy of the entire next chain just to update one structure. When duplication is present, all other OpenXR components must process only the first instance of a structure of a given type, and then ignore all instances of a structure of that same type.

If a component makes such a structure copy, and the original structure is also used to return content, then that component must copy the necessary content from the copied structure and into the original version of the structure upon completion of the function prior to proceeding back up the call stack. This is to ensure that OpenXR behavior is consistent whether or not that particular OpenXR component is present and/or enabled on the system.

Valid Usage for Nested Structures

The above conditions also apply recursively to members of structures provided as input to a function, either as a direct argument to the function, or themselves a member of another structure.

Specifics on valid usage of each function are covered in their individual sections.

2.8. Return Codes

While the core API is not designed to capture incorrect usage, some circumstances still require return codes. Functions in the API return their status via return codes that are in one of the two categories below.

Return Code Categories
  • Successful completion codes are returned when a function needs to communicate success or status information. All successful completion codes are non-negative values.

  • Run time error codes are returned when a function needs to communicate a failure that could only be detected at run time. All run time error codes are negative values.

typedef enum XrResult {
    XR_SUCCESS = 0,
    XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED = 1,
    XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE = 2,
    XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING = 3,
    XR_EVENT_UNAVAILABLE = 4,
    XR_STATE_UNAVAILABLE = 5,
    XR_STATE_TYPE_UNAVAILABLE = 6,
    XR_SPACE_BOUNDS_UNAVAILABLE = 7,
    XR_SESSION_NOT_FOCUSED = 8,
    XR_FRAME_DISCARDED = 9,
    XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE = -1,
    XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE = -2,
    XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY = -3,
    XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_VERSION_INCOMPATIBLE = -4,
    XR_ERROR_DRIVER_INCOMPATIBLE = -5,
    XR_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED = -6,
    XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED = -7,
    XR_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT = -9,
    XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED = -10,
    XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT = -11,
    XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID = -12,
    XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST = -13,
    XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING = -14,
    XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING = -16,
    XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST = -17,
    XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID = -18,
    XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID = -19,
    XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED = -20,
    XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID = -21,
    XR_ERROR_LAYER_INVALID = -22,
    XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = -23,
    XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_RECT_INVALID = -25,
    XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_UNSUPPORTED = -26,
    XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH = -27,
    XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED = -31,
    XR_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR = -32,
    XR_ERROR_FILE_CONTENTS_INVALID = -33,
    XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNSUPPORTED = -34,
    XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNAVAILABLE = -35,
    XR_ERROR_API_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT = -36,
    XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID = -37,
    XR_ERROR_GRAPHICS_DEVICE_INVALID = -38,
    XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID = -39,
    XR_ERROR_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE = -40,
    XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED = -41,
    XR_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_UNSUPPORTED = -42,
    XR_ERROR_BINDINGS_DUPLICATED = -43,
    XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED = -44,
    XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID = -45,
    XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_ID_INVALID_KHR = -1000003000,
    XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_FAILURE_KHR = -1000003001,
    XR_ERROR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_INVALID_EXT = -1000019000,
    XR_RESULT_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrResult;

All return codes in the API are reported via XrResult return values.

Some common suffixes shared across many of the return codes are defined below:

  • _INVALID: The specified handle, atom or value is formatted incorrectly, or the specified handle was never created or has been destroyed.

  • _UNSUPPORTED: The specified handle, atom, enumerant or value is formatted correctly but cannot be used for the lifetime of this function’s parent handle.

  • _UNAVAILABLE: The specified handle, atom, enumerant or value is supported by this function’s parent handle but not at this moment.

2.8.1. Success Codes

Enum Description

XR_SUCCESS

Function successfully completed.

XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED

The specified timeout time occurred before the operation could complete.

XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE

The session has started but cannot be made visible at the moment.

XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

The session will be lost soon.

XR_EVENT_UNAVAILABLE

No event was available.

XR_STATE_UNAVAILABLE

No state (of any type) is available for the provided handle.

XR_STATE_TYPE_UNAVAILABLE

The state of the given type is not available for the provided handle.

XR_SPACE_BOUNDS_UNAVAILABLE

The space’s bounds are not known at the moment.

XR_SESSION_NOT_FOCUSED

The session is not in the focused state.

XR_FRAME_DISCARDED

A frame has been discarded from composition.

2.8.2. Error Codes

Enum Description

XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The function usage was invalid in some way.

XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

The runtime failed to handle the function in an unexpected way that is not covered by another error result.

XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

A memory allocation has failed.

XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_VERSION_INCOMPATIBLE

The runtime version is incompatible with the requested or required version.

XR_ERROR_DRIVER_INCOMPATIBLE

The driver is incompatible with the runtime.

XR_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

Initialization of object could not be completed.

XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

The requested function was not found or is otherwise unsupported.

XR_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

A requested extension is not supported.

XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

The runtime supports no more of the requested resource.

XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

The supplied size was smaller than required.

XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

The supplied object handle was invalid.

XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

The XrInstance was lost or could not be found. It will need to be destroyed and optionally recreated.

XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING

This session is already running.

XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The operation requires this session to be in the running state.

XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

The XrSession was lost. It will need to be destroyed and optionally recreated.

XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

The provided XrSystemId was invalid.

XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID

The provided XrPath was not valid.

XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED

The maximum number of supported semantic paths has been reached.

XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID

The semantic path character format is invalid.

XR_ERROR_LAYER_INVALID

The layer was NULL or otherwise invalid.

XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED

The number of specified layers is greater than the supported number.

XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_RECT_INVALID

The image rect was negatively sized or otherwise invalid.

XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_UNSUPPORTED

The image format is not supported by the runtime or platform.

XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

The API used to retrieve an action’s state does not match the action’s type.

XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED

The specified reference space is not supported by the runtime or system.

XR_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR

The file could not be accessed.

XR_ERROR_FILE_CONTENTS_INVALID

The file’s contents were invalid.

XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNSUPPORTED

The specified form factor is not supported by the current runtime or platform.

XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNAVAILABLE

The specified form factor is supported, but the device is currently not available, e.g. not plugged in or powered off.

XR_ERROR_API_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

A requested API layer is not present or could not be loaded.

XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID

The call was made without having made a previously required call.

XR_ERROR_GRAPHICS_DEVICE_INVALID

The given graphics device is not in a valid state. The graphics device could be lost or initialized without meeting graphics requirements.

XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID

The supplied pose was invalid with respect to the requirements.

XR_ERROR_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE

The supplied index was outside the range of valid indices.

XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED

The specified view configuration type is not supported by the runtime or platform.

XR_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_UNSUPPORTED

The specified environment blend mode is not supported by the runtime or platform.

XR_ERROR_BINDINGS_DUPLICATED

The application specified bindings for an input form factor it had already suggested bindings for.

XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED

The name provided was a duplicate of an already-existing resource.

XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID

The name provided was invalid.

2.8.3. Convenience Macros

#define XR_SUCCEEDED(result) ((result) >= 0)

A convenience macro that can be used to test if a function succeeded. This may be a qualified success such as XR_FRAME_DISCARDED.

#define XR_FAILED(result) ((result) < 0)

A convenience macro that can be used to test if a function has failed in some way.

#define XR_UNQUALIFIED_SUCCESS(result) ((result) == 0)

A convenience macro that can be used to test a function’s failure. The XR_UNQUALIFIED_SUCCESS macro is a convenience macro which may be used to compare an XrResult to 0 (XR_SUCCESS) exclusively.

2.8.4. Validation

Except as noted below or in individual API specifications, valid API usage may be required by the runtime. Invalid API usage may result in undefined behavior. Runtimes may choose to validate some API usage and return an XR_ERROR_*_INVALID error code.

Application developers should use validation layers to catch and eliminate errors during development. Once validated, applications should not enable validation layers by default.

If a function returns a run time error, unless otherwise specified any output parameters will have undefined contents, except that if the output parameter is a structure with type and next fields, those fields will be unmodified. Any output structures chained from next will also have undefined contents, except that the type and next will be unmodified.

Unless otherwise specified, errors do not affect existing OpenXR objects. Objects that have already been successfully created may still be used by the application.

XrResult code returns may be added to a given function in future versions of the specification. Runtimes must return only XrResult codes from the set documented for the given application API version.

Runtimes must ensure that incorrect usage by an application does not affect the integrity of the operating system, the API implementation, or other API client applications in the system, and does not allow one application to access data belonging to another application.

2.9. Handles

Objects which are allocated by the runtime on behalf of applications are represented by handles. Handles are opaque identifiers for objects whose lifetime is controlled by applications via the create and destroy functions. Example handle types include XrInstance, XrSession, and XrSwapchain. Handles which have not been destroyed are unique for a given application process, but may be reused after being destroyed. Unless otherwise specified, a successful handle creation function call returns a new unique handle. Unless otherwise specified, handles are implicitly destroyed when their parent handle is destroyed. Applications may destroy handles explicitly before the parent handle is destroyed, and should do so if no longer needed, in order to conserve resources. Runtimes are not required to detect invalid handles. Usage of an invalid handle may result in undefined behavior. When a function has an optional handle parameter, XR_NULL_HANDLE must be used unless passing a valid handle.

All functions that take a handle parameter may return XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID.

Handles form a hierarchy in which child handles fall under the validity and lifetime of parent handles. To create an XrSwapchain handle, applications must call xrCreateSwapchain and pass an XrSession handle. Thus XrSwapchain is a child handle to XrSession.

2.10. Object Handle Types

The type of an object handle used in a function is usually determined by the specification of that function, as discussed in Valid Usage for Object Handles. However, some functions accept or return object handle parameters where the type of the object handle is unknown at execution time and is not specified in the description of the function itself. For these functions, the XrObjectType may be used to explicitly specify the type of a handle.

For example, an information-gathering or debugging mechanism implemented in a runtime extension or API layer extension may return a list of object handles that are generated by the mechanism’s operation. The same mechanism may also return a parallel list of object handle types that allow the recipient of this information to easily determine the types of the handles.

In general, anywhere an object handle of more than one type can occur, the object handle type may be provided to indicate its type.

typedef enum XrObjectType {
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE = 1,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SESSION = 2,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN = 3,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SPACE = 4,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_ACTION_SET = 5,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_ACTION = 6,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_EXT = 1000019000,
    XR_OBJECT_TYPE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrObjectType;

The XrObjectType enumeration defines values, each of which corresponds to a specific OpenXR handle type. These values can be used to associate debug information with a particular type of object through one or more extensions.

The following table defines XrObjectType and OpenXR Handle relationships:

XrObjectType OpenXR Handle Type

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

Unknown/Undefined Handle

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE

XrInstance

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SESSION

XrSession

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN

XrSwapchain

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SPACE

XrSpace

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_ACTION_SET

XrActionSet

XR_OBJECT_TYPE_ACTION

XrAction

2.11. Buffer Size Parameters

Functions with input/output buffer parameters look like the following example, with the element type being float in this case:

XrResult xrFunction(uint32_t elementCapacityInput, uint32_t* elementCountOutput, float* elements);

A two-call idiom may be employed, first calling xrFunction with a valid elementCountOutput pointer, but passing NULL as elements and 0 as elementCapacityInput, to retrieve the required buffer size as number of elements (number of floats in this example). After allocating a buffer at least as large, as the value pointed to by elementCountOutput, a pointer to the allocated buffer should be passed as elements, along with the buffer’s length in the variable elementCapacityInput, to a second call to xrFunction to perform the retrieval of the data. In case that elements is a struct with type and next fields, the application must set the type to the correct value as well as next either to NULL or a struct with extension related data in which type and next also need to be well defined.

These functions have the below-listed behavior with respect to the buffer size parameters:

Buffer Size Parameter Behavior
  • The element capacity and count arguments precede the array to which they refer, in argument order.

  • elementCapacityInput specifies the capacity in number of elements of the buffer to be written, or 0 to indicate a request for the required buffer size.

  • Independent of elementCapacityInput or elements parameters, elementCountOutput must be a valid pointer, and the function sets elementCountOutput.

  • Where the elementCapacityInput is 0, the function sets elementCountOutput to the required size in number of elements and returns XR_SUCCESS. elements is ignored.

  • The value returned in elementCountOutput is not guaranteed to be constant during the lifetime of the application.

  • Where the elementCapacityInput is non-zero but less than required, the function sets elementCountOutput to the required capacity, and returns XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT. The data in elements is undefined.

  • Where the elementCapacityInput is non-zero and the function returned successfully, the elementCountOutput contains the count of the elements that have been written to elements.

  • Upon a failure for reasons unrelated to the element array capacity, elementCountOutput is 0 and the contents of elements are undefined.

  • elementCountOutput can be NULL for cases in which elementCapacityInput is greater than 0, in which case it is unused by the function. However, XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT may still be returned by the function in the case that elementCapacityInput is too small.

  • In the case that the element array refers to a string (is of type char*), elementCapacityInput and elementCountOutput refer to the string strlen plus 1 for a NULL terminator.

2.12. Time

Time is represented by a 64-bit signed integer representing nanoseconds (XrTime). The passage of time is monotonic and not realtime (i.e., wall clock time). Thus the time is always increasing at a constant rate and is unaffected by clock changes, time zones, daylight savings, etc.

2.12.1. XrTime

typedef int64_t XrTime;

XrTime is a base value type to represent time, as a 64 bit integer. Unless specified otherwise, XrTime denotes a time-point relative to some runtime-determined constant epoch, rather than a duration, or a time-point with some moving epoch such as function call time, vsync time, etc.

Time may be represented by the runtime with a standardized epoch (e.g. 12:00:00 January 1, 1970 as of runtime start), or an arbitrary epoch may be used (e.g. time since runtime start). Time overflows after 264 nanoseconds have occurred since the epoch. A single runtime must use the same epoch for all simultaneous applications. Time must be represented the same regardless of multiple processors or threads present in the system.

The period precision of time reported by the runtime is runtime-dependent, and may change. One nanosecond is the finest possible period precision. A runtime may, for example, report time progression with only microsecond-level granularity.

Time must not be assumed to correspond to a system clock time.

2.13. Duration

Duration refers to an elapsed period of time, as opposed to an absolute timepoint.

2.13.1. XrDuration

typedef int64_t XrDuration;

The difference between two timepoints is a duration, and thus the difference between two XrTime values is an XrDuration value.

Functions that refer to durations use XrDuration as opposed to XrTime.

#define XR_NO_DURATION 0

For the case of timeout durations, XR_NO_DURATION may be used to indicate that the timeout is immediate.

#define XR_INFINITE_DURATION 0x7fffffffffffffffLL

XR_INFINITE_DURATION is a special value that may be used to indicate that the timeout never occurs. A timeout with a duration that refers to the past has the same effect as a timeout of XR_NO_DURATION.

2.14. Colors

The XrColor4f structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrColor4f {
    float    r;
    float    g;
    float    b;
    float    a;
} XrColor4f;
Member Descriptions
  • r is the red component of the color.

  • g is the green component of the color.

  • b is the blue component of the color.

  • a is the alpha component of the color.

Unless otherwise specified, colors are encoded as linear (not with sRGB nor other gamma compression) values with individual components being in the range of 0.0 through 1.0, and without the RGB components being premultiplied by the alpha component.

2.15. Coordinate System

This API uses a Cartesian right-handed coordinate system.

right handed
Figure 1. Right Handed Coordinate System

The conventions for mapping coordinate axes of any particular space to meaningful directions depend on and are documented with the description of the space.

The API uses 2D, 3D, and 4D floating-point vectors to describe points and directions in a space. When using XrPosef the rotation described by orientation is always applied before the translation described by position.

A two-dimensional vector is defined by the XrVector2f structure:

typedef struct XrVector2f {
    float    x;
    float    y;
} XrVector2f;
Member Descriptions
  • x is the x coordinate of the vector.

  • y is the y coordinate of the vector.

If used to represent physical distances (rather than e.g. normalized direction) and not otherwise specified, values must be in meters.

A three-dimensional vector is defined by the XrVector3f structure:

typedef struct XrVector3f {
    float    x;
    float    y;
    float    z;
} XrVector3f;
Member Descriptions
  • x is the x coordinate of the vector.

  • y is the y coordinate of the vector.

  • z is the z coordinate of the vector.

If used to represent physical distances (rather than e.g. velocity or angular velocity) and not otherwise specified, values must be in meters.

A four-dimensional or homogeneous vector is defined by the XrVector4f structure:

typedef struct XrVector4f {
    float    x;
    float    y;
    float    z;
    float    w;
} XrVector4f;
Member Descriptions
  • x is the x coordinate of the vector.

  • y is the y coordinate of the vector.

  • z is the z coordinate of the vector.

  • w is the w coordinate of the vector.

If used to represent physical distances, x, y, and z values must be in meters.

Rotation is represented by a unit quaternion defined by the XrQuaternionf structure:

typedef struct XrQuaternionf {
    float    x;
    float    y;
    float    z;
    float    w;
} XrQuaternionf;
Member Descriptions
  • x is the x coordinate of the quaternion.

  • y is the y coordinate of the quaternion.

  • z is the z coordinate of the quaternion.

  • w is the w coordinate of the quaternion.

A pose is defined by the XrPosef structure:

typedef struct XrPosef {
    XrQuaternionf    orientation;
    XrVector3f       position;
} XrPosef;
Member Descriptions
  • orientation is an XrQuaternionf representing the orientation within a space.

  • position is an XrVector3f representing position within a space.

A construct representing a position and orientation within a space, with position expressed in meters, and orientation represented as a unit quaternion.

2.16. Common Object Types

Some types of OpenXR objects are used in multiple structures. Those include the XrVector*f and types specified above but also the following structures: offset, extents and rectangle.

Offsets are used to describe the magnitude of an offset in two dimensions.

A floating-point offset is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrOffset2Df {
    float    x;
    float    y;
} XrOffset2Df;
Member Descriptions
  • x the floating-point offset in the x direction.

  • y the floating-point offset in the y direction.

This structure is used for component values that may be fractional (floating-point). If used to represent physical distances, values must be in meters.

An integer offset is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrOffset2Di {
    int32_t    x;
    int32_t    y;
} XrOffset2Di;
Member Descriptions
  • x the integer offset in the x direction.

  • y the integer offset in the y direction.

This variant is for representing discrete values such as texels. For representing physical distances, the floating-point variant must be used instead.

Extents are used to describe the size of a rectangular region in two dimensions.

A two-dimensional floating-point extent is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrExtent2Df {
    float    width;
    float    height;
} XrExtent2Df;
Member Descriptions
  • width the floating-point width of the extent.

  • height the floating-point height of the extent.

This structure is used for component values that may be fractional (floating-point). If used to represent physical distances, values must be in meters.

A two-dimensional integer extent is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrExtent2Di {
    int32_t    width;
    int32_t    height;
} XrExtent2Di;
Member Descriptions
  • width the integer width of the extent.

  • height the integer height of the extent.

This variant is for representing discrete values such as texels. For representing physical distances, the floating-point variant must be used instead.

Rectangles are used to describe a specific rectangular region in two dimensions. Rectangles must include both an offset and an extent defined in the same units. For instance, if a rectangle is in meters, both offset and extent must be in meters.

A rectangle with floating-point values is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrRect2Df {
    XrOffset2Df    offset;
    XrExtent2Df    extent;
} XrRect2Df;
Member Descriptions
  • offset is the XrOffset2Df specifying the rectangle offset.

  • extent is the XrExtent2Df specifying the rectangle extent.

This structure is used for component values that may be fractional (floating-point).

A rectangle with integer values is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrRect2Di {
    XrOffset2Di    offset;
    XrExtent2Di    extent;
} XrRect2Di;
Member Descriptions
  • offset is the XrOffset2Di specifying the integer rectangle offset.

  • extent is the XrExtent2Di specifying the integer rectangle extent.

This variant is for representing discrete values such as texels. For representing physical distances, the floating-point variant must be used instead.

2.17. Angles

Where a value is provided as a function parameter or as a structure member and will be interpreted as an angle, the value is defined to be in radians.

Field of view (FoV) is defined by the structure:

typedef struct XrFovf {
    float    angleLeft;
    float    angleRight;
    float    angleUp;
    float    angleDown;
} XrFovf;
Member Descriptions
  • angleLeft is the angle of the left side of the field of view. For a symmetric field of view this value is negative.

  • angleRight is the angle of the right side of the field of view.

  • angleUp is the angle of the top part of the field of view.

  • angleDown is the angle of the bottom part of the field of view. For a symmetric field of view this value is negative.

Angles to the right of the center and upwards from the center are positive, and angles to the left of the center and down from the center are negative. The total horizontal field of view is angleRight minus angleLeft, and the total vertical field of view is angleUp minus angleDown. For a symmetric FoV, angleRight and angleUp will have positive values, angleLeft will be -angleRight, and angleDown will be -angleUp.

The angles must be specified in radians.

2.18. Prediction Time Limits

Some functions involve prediction. For example, xrLocateViews accepts a display time for which to return the resulting data. Prediction times provided by applications may refer to time in the past or the future. Times in the past may be interpolated historical data. Runtimes have different practical limits with respect to how far forward or backward prediction times can be accurate. There is no prescribed forward limit the application can successfully request predictions for, though predictions may become less accurate as they get farther into the future. With respect to backward prediction, the application can pass a prediction time equivalent to the timestamp of the most recently received pose plus as much as 50 milliseconds in the past to retrieve accurate historical data. Requested times predating this time window, or requested times predating the earliest received pose, may result in a best effort data whose accuracy reduced or unspecified.

2.19. Boolean Values

typedef uint32_t XrBool32;

Boolean values used by OpenXR are of type XrBool32 and are 32-bits wide as suggested by the name. The only valid values are the following:

Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_TRUE represents a true value.

  • XR_FALSE represents a false value.

2.20. Events

Events are messages sent from the runtime to the application.

2.20.1. Event Polling

These events are placed in a queue and the application must read from the queue with regularity. Events are read from the queue one at a time via xrPollEvent. Every event is identified by an individual struct, with each struct beginning with an XrEventDataBaseHeader.

Example 1. Proper Method for Receiving OpenXR Event Data
XrInstance instance; // previously initialized

// Initialize an event buffer to hold the output.
XrEventDataBuffer event;
// Only the header needs to be initialized.
event.type = XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_BUFFER;
event.next = nullptr;
XrResult result = xrPollEvent(instance, &event);
if (result == XR_SUCCESS) {
    switch (event.type) {
        case XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED: {
            const XrEventDataSessionStateChanged& session_state_changed_event =
            	*reinterpret_cast<XrEventDataSessionStateChanged*>(&event);
            // ...
            break;
        }
        case XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INSTANCE_LOSS_PENDING: {
            const XrEventDataInstanceLossPending& instance_loss_pending_event =
            	*reinterpret_cast<XrEventDataInstanceLossPending*>(&event);
            // ...
            break;
        }
    }
}
xrPollEvent
XrResult xrPollEvent(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrEventDataBuffer*                          eventData);

xrPollEvent polls for the next event and returns an event if one is available. xrPollEvent returns immediately regardless of whether an event was available. The event (if present) is unilaterally removed from the queue if a valid XrInstance is provided. On return the eventData parameter is filled with the event’s data and the type field is changed to the event’s type. Runtimes may create valid next chains depending on enabled extensions, but they must guarantee that any such chains point only to objects which fit completely within the original XrEventDataBuffer pointed to by eventData.

Parameter Descriptions
Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_EVENT_UNAVAILABLE

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

Table 2. Event Descriptions
Event Description

XrEventDataEventsLost

event queue has overflowed and some events were lost

XrEventDataInstanceLossPending

application is about to lose the instance

XrEventDataInteractionProfileChanged

active input form factor for one or more top level user paths has changed

XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending

runtime will begin operating with updated space bounds

XrEventDataSessionStateChanged

application has changed lifecycle state

The XrEventDataBaseHeader is defined as:

typedef struct XrEventDataBaseHeader {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrEventDataBaseHeader;
Parameter Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

The XrEventDataBaseHeader is a generic structure used to identify the common event data elements.

Upon receipt, the XrEventDataBaseHeader pointer should be type-cast to a pointer of the appropriate event data based on the type parameter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be one of the following XrStructureType values: XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_EVENTS_LOST, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INSTANCE_LOSS_PENDING, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_REFERENCE_SPACE_CHANGE_PENDING, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INTERACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_VISIBILITY_MASK_CHANGED_KHR, XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_PERF_SETTINGS_EXT

  • next must be NULL

The XrEventDataBuffer is a structure passed to xrPollEvent large enough to contain any returned event data element. The maximum size is specified by XR_MAX_EVENT_DATA_SIZE.

It is sufficient to clear the type and next parameters of an XrEventDataBuffer when passing it as an input to xrPollEvent.

An XrEventDataBuffer may be type-cast to an XrEventDataBaseHeader pointer or a pointer to any other appropriate event data based on the type parameter.

typedef struct XrEventDataBuffer {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint8_t                     varying[4000];
} XrEventDataBuffer;
Parameter Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • varying is a fixed sized output buffer big enough to hold returned data elements for all specified event data types.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_BUFFER

  • next must be NULL

  • Any given element of varying must be a valid uint8_t value

XR_MAX_EVENT_DATA_SIZE is the maximum size of an XrEventDataBuffer.

#define XR_MAX_EVENT_DATA_SIZE sizeof(XrEventDataBuffer)
XrEventDataEventsLost

The XrEventDataEventsLost is defined as:

typedef struct XrEventDataEventsLost {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t                    lostEventCount;
} XrEventDataEventsLost;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • lostEventCount is the number of events which have overflowed since the last call to xrPollEvent.

Receiving the XrEventDataEventsLost event structure indicates that the event queue overflowed and some events were removed at the position within the queue at which this event was found.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_EVENTS_LOST

  • next must be NULL

  • lostEventCount must be a valid uint32_t value

Other event structures are defined in later chapters in the context where their definition is most relevant.

3. API Initialization

Before using an OpenXR runtime, an application must initialize it by creating a XrInstance object. The following functions are useful for gathering information about the API layers and extensions installed on the system and creating the instance.

3.1. Exported Functions

A dynamically linked library (.dll or .so) that implements the API loader must export all core OpenXR API functions. However, the application can gain access to extension functions by obtaining pointers to these functions through the use of xrGetInstanceProcAddr.

3.2. Function Pointers

Function pointers for all OpenXR functions can be obtained with the function xrGetInstanceProcAddr.

XrResult xrGetInstanceProcAddr(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const char*                                 name,
    PFN_xrVoidFunction*                         function);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance that the function pointer will be compatible with, or NULL for functions not dependent on any instance.

  • name is the name of the function to obtain.

  • function is the address of the function pointer to get.

xrGetInstanceProcAddr itself is obtained in a platform- and loader- specific manner. Typically, the loader library will export this function as a function symbol, so applications can link against the loader library, or load it dynamically and look up the symbol using platform-specific APIs. Loaders must export function symbols for all core OpenXR functions. Because of this, applications that use only the core OpenXR functions have no need to use xrGetInstanceProcAddr.

Because an application can call xrGetInstanceProcAddr before creating an instance, xrGetInstanceProcAddr returns a valid function pointer when the instance parameter is XR_NULL_HANDLE and the name parameter is one of the following strings:

xrGetInstanceProcAddr returns XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID if instance is NULL and name is not one of the above strings.

xrGetInstanceProcAddr returns XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED if instance is a valid instance and the string specified in name is not the name of an OpenXR core or enabled extension function.

If name is the name of an extension function, then the result returned by xrGetInstanceProcAddr will depend upon how the instance was created. If instance was created with the related extension’s name appearing in the XrInstanceCreateInfo::enabledExtensionNames array, then xrGetInstanceProcAddr returns a valid function pointer. If the related extension’s name did not appear in the XrInstanceCreateInfo::enabledExtensionNames array during the creation of instance, then xrGetInstanceProcAddr returns XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED. Because of this, function pointers returned by xrGetInstanceProcAddr using one XrInstance may not be valid when used with objects related to a different XrInstance.

The returned function pointer is of type PFN_xrVoidFunction, and must be cast to the type of the function being queried.

The table below defines the various use cases for xrGetInstanceProcAddr and return value (“fp” is “function pointer”) for each case.

Table 3. xrGetInstanceProcAddr behavior
instance parameter name parameter return value

*

NULL

undefined

invalid instance

*

undefined

NULL

xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties

fp

NULL

xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties

fp

NULL

xrCreateInstance

fp

NULL

* (any name not covered above)

NULL

instance

core OpenXR function

fp1

instance

enabled extension function for instance

fp1

instance

* (any name not covered above)

NULL

1

The returned function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is instance or a child of instance.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

typedef void (XRAPI_PTR *PFN_xrVoidFunction)(void);
Parameter Descriptions
  • no parameters.

PFN_xrVoidFunction is a dummy pointer returned by queries, specifically those to xrGetInstanceProcAddr.

4. Instance

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrInstance)

An OpenXR instance is an object that allows an OpenXR application to communicate with an OpenXR runtime. The application accomplishes this communication by calling xrCreateInstance and receiving a handle to the resulting XrInstance object.

The XrInstance object stores and tracks OpenXR-related application state, without storing any such state in the application’s global address space. This allows the application to create multiple instances as well as safely encapsulate the application’s OpenXR state since this object is opaque to the application. OpenXR runtimes may limit the number of simultaneous XrInstance objects that may be created and used, but they must support the creation and usage of at least one XrInstance object per process.

Physically, this state may be stored in any of the OpenXR loader, OpenXR API layers or the OpenXR runtime components. The exact storage and distribution of this saved state is implementation-dependent, except where indicated by this specification.

The tracking of OpenXR state in the instance allows the streamlining of the API, where the intended instance is inferred from the highest ascendant of an OpenXR function’s target object. For example, in:

myResult = xrEndFrame(mySession, &myEndFrameDescription);

the XrSession object was created from an XrInstance object. The OpenXR loader typically keeps track of the XrInstance that is the parent of the XrSession object in this example and directs the function to the runtime associated with that instance. This tracking of OpenXR objects eliminates the need to specify an XrInstance in every OpenXR function.

4.1. API Layers and Extensions

Additional functionality may be provided by API layers or extensions. An API layer must not add or modify the definition of OpenXR functions, while an extension may do so.

The set of API layers to enable is specified when creating an instance, and those API layers are able to intercept any functions dispatched to that instance or any of its child objects.

Example API layers may include (but are not limited to):

  • an API layer to dump out OpenXR API calls

  • an API layer to perform OpenXR validation

To determine what set of API layers are available, OpenXR provides the xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties function:

XrResult xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties(
    uint32_t                                    propertyCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   propertyCountOutput,
    XrApiLayerProperties*                       properties);
Parameter Descriptions
  • propertyCapacityInput is the capacity of the properties array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • propertyCountOutput is a pointer to the count of properties written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that propertyCapacityInput is 0.

  • properties is a pointer to an array of XrApiLayerProperties structures, but can be NULL if propertyCapacityInput is 0.

  • See the Buffer Size Parameters section for a detailed description of retrieving the required properties size.

The list of available layers may change at any time due to actions outside of the OpenXR runtime, so two calls to xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties with the same parameters may return different results, or retrieve different propertyCountOutput values or properties contents.

Once an instance has been created, the layers enabled for that instance will continue to be enabled and valid for the lifetime of that instance, even if some of them become unavailable for future instances.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • If propertyCapacityInput is not 0, propertyCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If propertyCountOutput is not NULL, propertyCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If propertyCapacityInput is not 0, properties must be a pointer to an array of propertyCapacityInput XrApiLayerProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

The XrApiLayerProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrApiLayerProperties {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    char                  layerName[XR_MAX_API_LAYER_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t              specVersion;
    uint32_t              implementationVersion;
    char                  description[XR_MAX_API_LAYER_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
} XrApiLayerProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerName is a string specifying the name of the API layer. Use this name in the XrInstanceCreateInfo::enabledApiLayerNames array to enable this API layer for an instance.

  • specVersion is the API version the API layer was written to, encoded as described in the API Version Numbers and Semantics section.

  • implementationVersion is the version of this API layer. It is an integer, increasing with backward compatible changes.

  • description is a string providing additional details that can be used by the application to identify the API layer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_API_LAYER_PROPERTIES

  • next must be NULL

To enable a layer, the name of the layer should be added to the enabledApiLayerNames member of XrInstanceCreateInfo when creating an XrInstance.

Loader implementations may provide mechanisms outside this API for enabling specific API layers. API layers enabled through such a mechanism are implicitly enabled, while API layers enabled by including the API layer name in XrInstanceCreateInfo::enabledApiLayerNames are explicitly enabled. Except where otherwise specified, implicitly enabled and explicitly enabled API layers differ only in the way they are enabled. Explicitly enabling an API layer that is implicitly enabled has no additional effect.

Instance extensions are able to affect the operation of the instance and any of its child objects. As stated earlier, extensions can expand the OpenXR API and provide new functions or augment behavior.

Examples of extensions may be (but are not limited to):

Extension Examples
  • an extension to include OpenXR functions to work with a new graphics API

  • an extension to expose debug information via a callback

The application can determine the available instance extensions by calling xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties:

XrResult xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties(
    const char*                                 layerName,
    uint32_t                                    propertyCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   propertyCountOutput,
    XrExtensionProperties*                      properties);
Parameter Descriptions
  • layerName is either NULL or a pointer to a string naming the API layer to retrieve extensions from, as returned by xrEnumerateApiLayerProperties.

  • propertyCapacityInput is the capacity of the properties array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • propertyCountOutput is a pointer to the count of properties written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that propertyCapacityInput is 0.

  • properties is a pointer to an array of XrExtensionProperties structures, but can be NULL if propertyCapacityInput is 0.

  • See the Buffer Size Parameters section for a detailed description of retrieving the required properties size.

If properties is NULL, then the number of extensions properties available is returned in propertyCountOutput. Otherwise, propertyCountInput must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the properties array. If propertyCountInput is less than the number of extension properties available, the contents of properties will be undefined. If propertyCountInput is smaller than the number of extensions available, the failure code XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT and the contents of properties are undefined.

Because the list of available layers may change externally between calls to xrEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, two calls may retrieve different results if a layerName is available in one call but not in another. The extensions supported by a layer may also change between two calls, e.g. if the layer implementation is replaced by a different version between those calls.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • If layerName is not NULL, layerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • If propertyCapacityInput is not 0, propertyCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If propertyCountOutput is not NULL, propertyCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If propertyCapacityInput is not 0, properties must be a pointer to an array of propertyCapacityInput XrExtensionProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_API_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

The XrExtensionProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrExtensionProperties {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    char                  extensionName[XR_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t              specVersion;
} XrExtensionProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • extensionName is a NULL terminated string specifying the name of the extension.

  • specVersion is the version of this extension. It is an integer, incremented with backward compatible changes.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EXTENSION_PROPERTIES

  • next must be NULL

4.2. Instance Lifecycle

The xrCreateInstance function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateInstance(
    const XrInstanceCreateInfo*                 createInfo,
    XrInstance*                                 instance);
Parameter Descriptions
  • createInfo points to an instance of XrInstanceCreateInfo controlling creation of the instance.

  • instance points to an XrInstance handle in which the resulting instance is returned.

xrCreateInstance creates the XrInstance, then enables and initializes global API layers and extensions requested by the application. If an extension is provided by an API layer, both the API layer and extension must be specified at xrCreateInstance time. If a specified API layer cannot be found, no XrInstance will be created and the function will return XR_ERROR_API_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT. Likewise, if a specified extension cannot be found the call will return XR_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT and no XrInstance will be created. Additionally, some runtimes may limit the number of concurrent instances that may be in use. If the application attempts to create more instances than a runtime can simultaneously support, xrCreateInstance will return XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED.

If the XrInstanceCreateInfo struct contains a platform-specific extension for a platform other than the target platform, XR_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED will be returned. The same is true if a mandatory platform-specific extension is defined for the target platform but no matching extension struct is provided in XrInstanceCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_VERSION_INCOMPATIBLE

  • XR_ERROR_API_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • XR_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

  • XR_ERROR_DRIVER_INCOMPATIBLE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrInstanceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrInstanceCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrInstanceCreateFlags       createFlags;
    XrApplicationInfo           applicationInfo;
    uint32_t                    enabledApiLayerCount;
    const char* const*          enabledApiLayerNames;
    uint32_t                    enabledExtensionCount;
    const char* const*          enabledExtensionNames;
} XrInstanceCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • createFlags is a bitmask of XrInstanceCreateFlags that identifies options that apply to the creation.

  • applicationInfo is an instance of XrApplicationInfo. This information helps runtimes recognize behavior inherent to classes of applications. XrApplicationInfo is defined in detail below.

  • enabledApiLayerCount is the number of global API layers to enable.

  • enabledApiLayerNames is a pointer to an array of enabledApiLayerCount strings containing the names of API layers to enable for the created instance. See the API Layers And Extensions section for further details.

  • enabledExtensionCount is the number of global extensions to enable.

  • enabledExtensionNames is a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount strings containing the names of extensions to enable.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO

  • Each next member of any structure (including this one) in the next chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT or XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR

  • Each type member in the next chain must be unique

  • createFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrInstanceCreateFlagBits values

  • applicationInfo must be a valid XrApplicationInfo structure

  • If enabledApiLayerCount is not 0, enabledApiLayerCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If enabledApiLayerCount is not 0, enabledApiLayerNames must be a pointer to an array of enabledApiLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

  • If enabledExtensionCount is not 0, enabledExtensionCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If enabledExtensionCount is not 0, enabledExtensionNames must be a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

The XrInstanceCreateFlags include:

// Flag bits for XrInstanceCreateFlags

There are currently no instance creation flags. This is reserved for future use.

The XrApplicationInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrApplicationInfo {
    char        applicationName[XR_MAX_APPLICATION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    applicationVersion;
    char        engineName[XR_MAX_ENGINE_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    engineVersion;
    uint32_t    apiVersion;
} XrApplicationInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • applicationName is a string containing the name of the application.

  • applicationVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the application.

  • engineName is a string containing the name of the engine (if any) used to create the application. May be empty to indicate no specified engine.

  • engineVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the engine used to create the application. May be zero to indicate no specified engine.

  • apiVersion is the version of this API against which the application will run, encoded as described in the API Version Numbers and Semantics section. If the runtime does not support the requested apiVersion it must return XR_ERROR_DRIVER_INCOMPATIBLE. apiVersion must be zero, or otherwise it must be a version that the runtime supports, or supports an effective substitute for.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • applicationName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_APPLICATION_NAME_SIZE

  • applicationVersion must be a valid uint32_t value

  • engineName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_ENGINE_NAME_SIZE

  • engineVersion must be a valid uint32_t value

  • apiVersion must be a valid uint32_t value

The xrDestroyInstance function is defined as:

XrResult xrDestroyInstance(
    XrInstance                                  instance);

The xrDestroyInstance function is used to destroy an XrInstance.

Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the handle to the instance to destroy.

XrInstance handles are destroyed using xrDestroyInstance. When an XrInstance is destroyed, all handles that are children of that XrInstance are also destroyed. If the instance is invalid the runtime must return XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

4.3. Instance Information

The xrGetInstanceProperties function provides information about the instance and the associated runtime.

XrResult xrGetInstanceProperties(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrInstanceProperties*                       instanceProperties);
Parameter Descriptions

The instanceProperties parameter must be filled out by the runtime in response to this call, with information as defined in XrInstanceProperties.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrInstanceProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrInstanceProperties {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              runtimeVersion;
    char                  runtimeName[XR_MAX_RUNTIME_NAME_SIZE];
} XrInstanceProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • runtimeVersion is the current version of the runtime in the format of XR_MAKE_VERSION.

  • runtimeName is the name of the runtime.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_PROPERTIES

  • next must be NULL

4.4. Platform-Specific Instance Creation

Some amount of data required for instance creation is exposed through extension structures. These structures may be optional or even required for instance creation on specific platforms, but not on other platforms. Separating off platform-specific functionality into extension structures prevents the primary XrInstanceCreateInfo structure from becoming too bloated with unnecessary information.

See the List of Extensions appendix for the list of available extensions and their related structures. These structures expand the XrInstanceCreateInfo parent struct using the XrInstanceCreateInfo::next member. The specific list of structures that may be used for extending XrInstanceCreateInfo::next can be found in the "Valid Usage (Implicit)" block immediately following the definition of the structure.

4.4.1. The Instance Lost Error

The XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST error indicates that the XrInstance has become unusable. This can happen if a critical runtime process aborts, if the connection to the runtime is otherwise no longer available, or if the runtime encounters an error during any function execution which prevents it from being able to support further function execution. Once XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST is first returned, it must henceforth be returned by all functions that involve an XrInstance or child handle type until the instance is destroyed. Applications must destroy the XrInstance. Applications may then attempt to continue by recreating all relevant OpenXR objects, starting with a new XrInstance. A runtime may generate an XrEventDataInstanceLossPending event when instance loss is detected.

4.4.2. XrEventDataInstanceLossPending

typedef struct XrEventDataInstanceLossPending {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrTime                      lossTime;
} XrEventDataInstanceLossPending;

Receiving the XrEventDataInstanceLossPending event structure indicates that the application is about to lose the indicated XrInstance at the indicated lossTime in the future. The application should call xrDestroyInstance and relinquish any instance-specific resources. This typically occurs to make way for a replacement of the underlying runtime, such as via a software update.

After the application has destroyed all of its instances and their children and waited past the specified time, it may then re-try xrCreateInstance in a loop waiting for whatever maintenance the runtime is performing to complete. The runtime will return XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST from xrCreateInstance as long as it is unable to create the instance. Once the runtime has returned and is able to continue, it must resume returning XR_SUCCESS from xrCreateInstance if valid data is passed in.

Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • lossTime is the absolute time at which the indicated instance will be considered lost and become unusable.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INSTANCE_LOSS_PENDING

  • next must be NULL

4.5. Instance Enumerated Type String Functions

Applications often want to turn certain enum values from the runtime into strings for use in log messages, to be localized in UI, or for various other reasons. OpenXR provides functions that turn common enum types into UTF-8 strings for use in applications.

XrResult xrResultToString(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrResult                                    value,
    char                                        buffer[XR_MAX_RESULT_STRING_SIZE]);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the handle of the instance to ask for the string or XR_NULL_HANDLE to ask the loader for the string.

  • value is the XrResult value to turn into a string.

  • buffer is the buffer that will be used to return the string in.

Returns the text version of the provided XrResult value as a UTF-8 string.

In all cases the returned string must be one of:

Result String Return Values
  • The literal string defined for the provide numeric value in the core spec or extension. (e.g. the value 0 results in the string XR_SUCCESS)

  • XR_UNKNOWN_SUCCESS_ concatenated with the positive result number expressed as a decimal number.

  • XR_UNKNOWN_FAILURE_ concatenated with the negative result number expressed as a decimal number.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • value must be a valid XrResult value

  • buffer must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_RESULT_STRING_SIZE

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The xrStructureTypeToString function is defined as follows:

XrResult xrStructureTypeToString(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrStructureType                             value,
    char                                        buffer[XR_MAX_STRUCTURE_NAME_SIZE]);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the handle of the instance to ask for the string

  • value is the XrStructureType value to turn into a string.

  • buffer is the buffer that will be used to return the string in.

Returns the text version of the provided XrStructureType value as a UTF-8 string.

In all cases the returned string must be one of:

Structure Type String Return Values
  • The literal string defined for the provide numeric value in the core spec or extension. (e.g. the value of XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO results in the string XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO)

  • XR_UNKNOWN_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ concatenated with the structure type number expressed as a decimal number.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • value must be a valid XrStructureType value

  • buffer must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_STRUCTURE_NAME_SIZE

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

5. System

This API separates the concept of physical systems of XR devices from the logical objects that applications interact with directly. A system represents a collection of related devices in the runtime, often made up of several individual hardware components working together to enable XR experiences. An XrSystemId is returned by xrGetSystem representing the system of devices the runtime will use to support a given form factor. Each system may include: a VR/AR display, various forms of input (gamepad, touchpad, motion controller), and other trackable objects.

The application uses the system to create a session, which can then be used to accept input from the user and output rendered frames. The application also provides a default set of bindings from its actions to any number of input sources. The runtime may use this action information to activate only a subset of devices and avoid wasting resources on devices that are not in use. Exactly which devices are active once an XR system is selected will depend on the features provided by the runtime, and may vary from runtime to runtime. For example, a runtime that is capable of mapping from one tracking system’s space to another’s may support devices from multiple tracking systems simultaneously.

5.1. Form Factors

The first step in selecting a system is for the app to request its desired form factor. The form factor defines how the display(s) moves in the environment relative to the user’s head and how the user will interact with the XR experience. A runtime may support multiple form factors, such as on a mobile phone that supports both slide-in VR headset experiences and handheld AR experiences.

While an application’s core XR rendering may span across form factors, its user interface will often be written to target a particular form factor, requiring explicit tailoring to function well on other form factors. For example, screen-space UI designed for a handheld phone will produce an uncomfortable experience for users if presented in screen-space on an AR headset.

typedef enum XrFormFactor {
    XR_FORM_FACTOR_HEAD_MOUNTED_DISPLAY = 1,
    XR_FORM_FACTOR_HANDHELD_DISPLAY = 2,
    XR_FORM_FACTOR_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrFormFactor;

The predefined form factors which may be supported by OpenXR runtimes are:

Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_FORM_FACTOR_HEAD_MOUNTED_DISPLAY. The tracked display is attached to the user’s head. The user cannot touch the display itself. A VR headset would be an example of this form factor.

  • XR_FORM_FACTOR_HANDHELD_DISPLAY. The tracked display is held in the user’s hand, independent from the user’s head. The user may be able to touch the display, allowing for screen-space UI. A mobile phone running an AR experience using pass-through video would be an example of this form factor.

5.2. Getting the XrSystemId

XR_DEFINE_ATOM(XrSystemId)

An XrSystemId is an opaque atom used by the runtime to identify a system. The value XR_NULL_SYSTEM_ID is considered an invalid system.

#define XR_NULL_SYSTEM_ID 0

The only XrSystemId value defined to be constant across all instances is the invalid system XR_NULL_SYSTEM_ID. No supported system is associated with XR_NULL_SYSTEM_ID. Unless explicitly permitted, it should not be passed to API calls or used as a structure attribute when a valid XrSystemId is required.

The xrGetSystem function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetSystem(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const XrSystemGetInfo*                      getInfo,
    XrSystemId*                                 systemId);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the handle of the instance to get the information from.

  • getInfo is a pointer to an XrSystemGetInfo containing the application’s requests for a system.

  • systemId is the returned XrSystemId.

To get an XrSystemId, an application specifies its desired form factor to xrGetSystem and gets the runtime’s XrSystemId associated with that configuration.

If the form factor is supported but temporarily unavailable, xrGetSystem must return XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNAVAILABLE. A runtime may return success on a subsequent call for a form factor it previously returned XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNAVAILABLE. For example, connecting or warming up hardware might cause an unavailable form factor to become available.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNAVAILABLE

  • XR_ERROR_FORM_FACTOR_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSystemGetInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSystemGetInfo {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrFormFactor          formFactor;
} XrSystemGetInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • formFactor is the XrFormFactor requested by the application.

The XrSystemGetInfo structure specifies attributes about a system as desired by an application.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SYSTEM_GET_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • formFactor must be a valid XrFormFactor value

XrInstance instance; // previously initialized

XrSystemGetInfo system_get_info;
memset(&system_get_info, 0, sizeof(system_get_info));
system_get_info.type = XR_TYPE_SYSTEM_GET_INFO;
system_get_info.formFactor = XR_FORM_FACTOR_HEAD_MOUNTED_DISPLAY;

XrSystemId systemId;
CHK_XR(xrGetSystem(instance, &system_get_info, &systemId));

// create session
// create swapchains
// begin session

// main loop

// end session
// destroy session

// no access to hardware after this point

5.3. System Properties

The xrGetSystemProperties function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetSystemProperties(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrSystemProperties*                         properties);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which systemId was retrieved.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId whose properties will be queried.

  • properties points to an instance of the XrSystemProperties structure, that will be filled with returned information.

An application can call xrGetSystemProperties to retrieve information about the system such as vendor ID, system name, and graphics and tracking properties.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSystemProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSystemProperties {
    XrStructureType               type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS            next;
    XrSystemId                    systemId;
    uint32_t                      vendorId;
    char                          systemName[XR_MAX_SYSTEM_NAME_SIZE];
    XrSystemGraphicsProperties    graphicsProperties;
    XrSystemTrackingProperties    trackingProperties;
} XrSystemProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • vendorId is a unique identifier for the vendor of the system.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId identifying the system.

  • systemName is a string containing the name of the system.

  • graphicsProperties is an XrSystemGraphicsProperties struct specifying the system graphics properties.

  • trackingProperties is an XrSystemTrackingProperties struct specifying system tracking properties.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SYSTEM_PROPERTIES

  • next must be NULL

The XrSystemGraphicsProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSystemGraphicsProperties {
    uint32_t    maxSwapchainImageHeight;
    uint32_t    maxSwapchainImageWidth;
    uint32_t    maxViewCount;
    uint32_t    maxLayerCount;
} XrSystemGraphicsProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • maxSwapchainImageHeight is the maximum swapchain image pixel height supported by this system.

  • maxSwapchainImageWidth is the maximum swapchain image pixel width supported by this system.

  • maxViewCount is maximum number of views possibly required by xrLocateViews.

  • maxLayerCount is the maximum number of composition layers supported by this system.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • maxSwapchainImageHeight must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxSwapchainImageWidth must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxViewCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxLayerCount must be a valid uint32_t value

The XrSystemTrackingProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSystemTrackingProperties {
    XrBool32    orientationTracking;
    XrBool32    positionTracking;
} XrSystemTrackingProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • orientationTracking is set to XR_TRUE to indicate the system supports orientational tracking of the view pose(s), XR_FALSE otherwise.

  • positionTracking is set to XR_TRUE to indicate the system supports positional tracking of the view pose(s), XR_FALSE otherwise.

6. Path Tree and Semantic Paths

OpenXR incorporates an internal semantic path tree model, also known as the path tree, with entities associated with nodes organized in a logical tree and referenced by path name strings structured like a filesystem path or URL. The path tree unifies a number of concepts used in this specification and a runtime may add additional nodes as implementation details. As a general design principle, the most application-facing paths should have semantic and hierarchical meaning in their name. Thus, these paths are often referred to as semantic paths. However, path names in the path tree model may not all have the same level or kind of semantic meaning.

In regular use in an application, path name strings are converted to instance-specific XrPath values which are used in place of path strings. The mapping between XrPath values and their corresponding path name strings may be considered to be tracked by the runtime in a one-to-one mapping in addition to the natural tree structure of the referenced entities. Runtimes may use any internal implementation that satisfies the requirements.

Formally, the runtime maintains an instance-specific bijective mapping between well-formed path name strings and valid XrPath (uint64_t) values. These XrPath values are only valid within a single XrInstance, and must not be shared between instances. Applications must instead use the string representation of a path in their code and configuration, and obtain the correct corresponding XrPath at runtime in each XrInstance. The term path or semantic path may refer interchangeably to either the path name string or its associated XrPath value within an instance when context makes it clear which type is being discussed.

Given that path trees are a unifying model in this specification, the entities referenced by paths can be of diverse types. For example, they may be used to represent physical device or sensor components, which may be of various component types. They may also be used to represent frames of reference that are understood by the application and the runtime, as defined by an XrSpace. Additionally, to permit runtime re-configuration and support hardware-independent development, any syntactically-valid path string may be used to retrieve a corresponding XrPath without error given sufficient resources, even if no logical or hardware entity currently corresponds to that path at the time of the call. Later retrieval of the associated path string of such an XrPath using xrPathToString should succeed if the other requirements of that call are met. However, using such an XrPath in a later call to any other API function may result in an error if no entity of the type required by the call is available at the path at that later time. A runtime should permit the entity referenced by a path to vary over time to naturally reflect varying system configuration and hardware availability.

6.1. Path Atom Type

XR_DEFINE_ATOM(XrPath)

The XrPath is an atom that connects an application with a single path, within the context of a single instance. There is a bijective mapping between well-formed path strings and atoms in use. This atom is used — in place of the path name string it corresponds to — to retrieve state and perform other operations.

As an XrPath is only shorthand for a well-formed path string, they have no explicit life cycle.

Lifetime is implicitly managed by the XrInstance. An XrPath must not be used unless it is received at execution time from the runtime in the context of a particular XrInstance. Therefore, with the exception of XR_NULL_PATH, XrPath values must not be specified as constant values in applications: the corresponding path string should be used instead. During the lifetime of a given XrInstance, the XrPath associated with that instance with any given well-formed path must not vary, and similarly the well-formed path string that corresponds to a given XrPath in that instance must not vary. An XrPath that is received from one XrInstance may not be used with another. Such an invalid use may be detected and result in an error being returned, or it may result in undefined behavior.

Well-written applications should typically use a small, bounded set of paths in practice. However, the runtime should support looking up the XrPath for a large number of path strings for maximum compatibility. Runtime implementers should keep in mind that applications supporting diverse systems may look up path strings in a quantity exceeding the number of non-empty entities predicted or provided by any one runtime’s own path tree model, and this is not inherently an error. However, system resources are finite and thus runtimes may signal exhaustion of resources dedicated to these associations under certain conditions.

When discussing the behavior of runtimes at these limits, a new XrPath refers to an XrPath value that, as of some point in time, has neither been received by the application nor tracked internally by the runtime. In this case, since an application has not yet received the value of such an XrPath, the runtime has not yet made any assertions about its association with any path string. In this context, new only refers to the fact that the mapping has not necessarily been made constant for a given value/path string pair for the remaining life of the associated instance by being revealed to the application. It does not necessarily imply creation of the entity, if any, referred to by such a path. Similarly, it does not imply the absence of such an entity prior to that point. Entities in the path tree have varied lifetime that is independent from the duration of the mapping from path string to XrPath.

For flexibility, the runtime may internally track or otherwise make constant, in instance or larger scope, any mapping of a path string to an XrPath value even before an application would otherwise receive that value, thus making it no longer new by the above definition.

When the runtime’s resources to track the path string-XrPath mapping are exhausted, and the application makes an API call that would have otherwise retrieved a new XrPath as defined above, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED. This includes both explicit calls to xrStringToPath as well as other calls that retrieve an XrPath in any other way.

The runtime should support creating as many paths as memory will allow and must return XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED from relevant functions when no more can be created.

#define XR_NULL_PATH 0

The only XrPath value defined to be constant across all instances is the invalid path XR_NULL_PATH. No well-formed path string is associated with XR_NULL_PATH. Unless explicitly permitted, it should not be passed to API calls or used as a structure attribute when a valid XrPath is required.

6.2. Well-Formed Path Strings

Even though they look similar, semantic paths are not file paths. To avoid confusion with file path directory traversal conventions, many file path conventions are explicitly disallowed from well-formed path name strings.

A well-formed path name string must conform to the following rules:

  • Path name strings must be constructed entirely from characters on the following list.

    • Lower case ASCII letters: a-z

    • Numeric digits: 0-9

    • Dash: -

    • Underscore: _

    • Period: .

    • Forward Slash: /

  • Path name strings must start with a single forward slash character.

  • Path name strings must not contain two or more adjacent forward slash characters.

  • Path name strings must not contain two forward slash characters that are separated by only period characters.

  • Path name strings must not contain only period characters following the final forward slash character in the string.

  • The maximum string length for a path name string, including the terminating \0 character, is defined by XR_MAX_PATH_LENGTH.

6.2.1. xrStringToPath

The xrStringToPath function is defined as:

XrResult xrStringToPath(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const char*                                 pathString,
    XrPath*                                     path);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an instance previously created.

  • pathString is the path name string to retrieve the associated XrPath for.

  • path is the output parameter, which must point to an XrPath. Given a well-formed path name string, this will be populated with an opaque value that is constant for that path string during the lifetime of that instance.

xrStringToPath retrieves the XrPath value for a well-formed path string. If such a value had not yet been assigned by the runtime to the provided path string in this XrInstance, one must be assigned at this point. All calls to this function with the same XrInstance and path string must retrieve the same XrPath value. Upon failure, xrStringToPath must return an appropriate XrResult, and may set the output parameter to XR_NULL_PATH. See Path Atom Type for the conditions under which an error may be returned when this function is given a valid XrInstance and a well-formed path string.

If the runtime’s resources are exhausted and it cannot create the path, a return value of XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED must be returned. If the application specifies a string that is not a well-formed path string, XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID must be returned.

A return value of XR_SUCCESS from xrStringToPath may not necessarily imply that the runtime has a component or other source of data that will be accessible through that semantic path. It only means that the path string supplied was well-formed and that the retrieved XrPath maps to the given path string within and during the lifetime of the XrInstance given.
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • pathString must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • path must be a pointer to an XrPath value

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_PATH_COUNT_EXCEEDED

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

6.2.2. xrPathToString

XrResult xrPathToString(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrPath                                      path,
    uint32_t                                    bufferCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   bufferCountOutput,
    char*                                       buffer);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an instance previously created.

  • path is the valid XrPath value to retrieve the path string for.

  • bufferCapacityInput is the capacity of the buffer, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • bufferCountOutput is a pointer to the count of characters written (including the terminating '\0'), or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that bufferCapacityInput is 0.

  • buffer is a pointer to an application-allocated buffer that will be filled with the semantic path string. It can be NULL if bufferCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required buffer size.

xrPathToString retrieves the path name string associated with an XrPath, in the context of a given XrInstance, in the form of a NULL terminated string placed into a caller-allocated buffer. Since the mapping between a well-formed path name string and an XrPath is bijective, there will always be exactly one string for each valid XrPath value. This can be useful if the calling application receives an XrPath value that they had not previously retrieved via xrStringToPath. During the lifetime of the given XrInstance, the path name string retrieved by this function for a given valid XrPath will not change. For invalid paths, including XR_NULL_PATH, XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID will be returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • If bufferCapacityInput is not 0, bufferCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If bufferCountOutput is not NULL, bufferCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If bufferCapacityInput is not 0, buffer must be a pointer to an array of bufferCapacityInput char values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

6.3. Reserved Paths for Devices

In order for some uses of semantic paths to work consistently across runtimes, it is necessary to standardize several paths and require each runtime to use the same paths or patterns of paths for certain classes of usage. Those paths are as follows.

6.3.1. /user paths

Some paths are used to refer to devices that are filling semantic roles in the system. These paths are all under the /user subtree.

The reserved user paths are:

Reserved Semantic Paths
  • /user/hand/left represents the user’s left hand. It might be tracked using a controller or other device in the user’s left hand, or tracked without the user holding anything, e.g. using computer vision.

  • /user/hand/right represents the user’s right hand in analog to the left hand.

  • /user/head represents inputs on the user’s head, often from a device such as a head-mounted display. To reason about the user’s head, see the XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_VIEW reference space.

  • /user/gamepad is a two-handed gamepad device held by the user.

  • /user/treadmill is a treadmill or other locomotion-targeted input device.

Runtimes are not required to provide devices at all of these paths. For instance, in a system with no hand tracking, only /user/head would be provided a device. In a system with only one controller, the runtime may provide access to that controller via either /user/hand/left or /user/hand/right as it deems appropriate.

The runtime may change the devices referred to by /user/hand/left and /user/hand/right at any time.

If more than two hand-held controllers or devices are active, the runtime must determine which two are accessible as /user/hand/left and /user/hand/right.

6.3.2. Device input subpaths

Devices on the source side of the input system need to define paths for each component that can be bound to an action. This section describes the naming conventions for those input components. Runtimes must ignore input source paths that use identifiers and component names that do not appear in this specification or otherwise do not follow the pattern specified below.

Each input source path must match the following pattern:

  • …/input/<identifier>[_<location>]/<component>

Identifiers are often the label on the component or related to the type and location of the component.

See Interaction Profiles for examples of input subpaths.

Standard identifiers
  • trackpad - A 2D input source that usually includes click and touch component.

  • thumbstick - A small 2D joystick that is meant to be used with the user’s thumb. These sometimes include click and/or touch components.

  • joystick - A 2D joystick that is meant to be used with the user’s entire hand, such as a flight stick. These generally do not have click component, but might have touch components.

  • trigger - A 1D analog input component that returns to a rest state when the user stops interacting with it. These sometime include touch and/or click components.

  • throttle - A 1D analog input component that remains in position when the user stops interacting with it.

  • trackball - A 2D relative input source. These sometimes include click components.

  • pedal - A 1D analog input component that is similar to a trigger but meant to be operated by a foot

  • system - A button with the specialised meaning that it enables the user to access system-level functions and UI. Input data from system buttons is generally used internally by runtimes and may not be available to applications.

  • dpad_up, dpad_down, dpad_left, and dpad_right - A set of buttons arranged in a plus shape.

  • diamond_up, diamond_down, diamond_left, and diamond_right - Gamepads often have a set of four buttons arranged in a diamond shape. The labels on those buttons vary from gamepad to gamepad, but their arrangement is consistent. These names are used for the A/B/X/Y buttons on a Xbox controller, and the square/cross/circle/triangle button on a PlayStation controller.

  • a, b, x, y, start, home, end, select - Standalone buttons are named for their physical labels. These are the standard identifiers for such buttons. Extensions may add new identifiers as detailed in the next section. Groups of four buttons in a diamond shape should use the diamond-prefix names above instead of using the labels on the buttons themselves.

  • volume_up, volume_down, mute_mic, play_pause, menu, view - Some other standard controls are often identified by icons. These are their standard names.

  • thumbrest - Some controllers have a place for the user to rest their thumb.

  • shoulder - A button that is usually pressed with the index finger and is often positioned above a trigger.

  • grip - An input source that indicates that the user is squeezing their fist closed. This could be a simple button or act more like a trigger. Sources with this identifier should either follow button or trigger conventions for their components.

  • wheel - A steering wheel.

Input sources whose orientation and/or position are tracked also expose pose identifiers.

Standard pose identifiers for tracked hands or motion controllers as represented by /user/hand/left and /user/hand/right are:

  • palm - A pose that allows applications to reliably render a virtual object in the user’s hand regardless of how a hand is tracked. The palm pose is defined as follows:

    • The palm position: The palm centroid when closing the fist. For handheld motion controllers, this position is adjusted left or right to center the position within the controller’s grip.

    • The palm orientation’s +X axis: When you completely open your hand to form a flat 5-finger pose, the ray that is normal to your palm (forward from left palm, backward from right palm)

    • The palm orientation’s -Z axis: When you close your hand partially (as if holding the controller), the ray that points "forward" through the tube formed by your non-thumb fingers.

    • The palm orientation’s +Y axis: The Up axis implied by the +X (Right) and -Z (Forward) definitions.

  • pointer - A pose positioned at the start of a motion controller’s natural pointing ray, with +Y up, +X to the right, and -Z forward. This pose is most useful for applications that are rendering a model matching the physical controller, as an application rendering a virtual object in the user’s hand likely prefers to point based on the geometry of that virtual object. The pointer ray chosen will be runtime-dependent, although this will often emerge from the frontmost tip of a motion controller.

Standard locations

When a single device contains multiple input sources that use the same identifier, a location suffix is added to create a unique identifier for that input source.

Standard locations are:

  • left

  • right

  • left_upper

  • left_lower

  • right_upper

  • right_lower

Standard components

Components are named for the specific boolean, scalar, or other value of the input source. Standard components are:

  • click - A physical switch has been pressed by the user. This is valid for all buttons, and is common for trackpads, thumbsticks, triggers, and dpads. "click" components are always boolean.

  • touch - The user has touched the input source. This is valid for all trackpads, and may be present for any other kind of input source if the device includes the necessary sensor. "touch" components are always boolean.

  • force - A 1D scalar value that represents the user applying force to the input. It varies from 0 to 1, with 0 being the rest state. This is present for any input source with a force sensor.

  • value - A 1D scalar value that varies from 0 to 1, with 0 being the rest state. This is present for triggers, throttles, and pedals. It may also be present for grips or other components.

  • x, y, z - 2D or 3D scalar values that vary from -1 to 1. These represent the 2D or 3D position of the input source with 0 being the rest state on each axis. x and y components are present for trackpads, thumbsticks, and joysticks.

  • twist - Some sources, such as flight sticks, have a sensor that allows the user to twist the input left or right. For this component -1 means all the way left and 1 means all the way right.

  • pose - The orientation and/or position of this input source. This component may exist for dedicated pose identifiers like palm and pointer, or may be defined on other identifiers such as trackpad to let applications reason about the surface of that part.

Output source paths

Many devices also have subpaths for output features such as haptics. The runtime must ignore output component paths that do not follow the pattern:

  • …/output/<output_identifier>[_<location>]

Standard output identifiers are:

  • haptic - A haptic element like an LRA (Linear Resonant Actuator) or vibration motor

Devices which contain multiple haptic elements with the same output identifier must use a location suffix as specified above.

6.3.3. Adding input sources via extensions

Extensions may enable input source path identifiers, output source path identifiers, and component names that are not included in the core specification, subject to the following conditions:

  • EXT extensions must include the _ext suffix on any identifier or component name. E.g. …/input/newidentifier_ext/newcomponent_ext

  • Vendor extensions must include the vendor’s tag as a suffix on any identifier or component name. E.g. …/input/newidentifier_vendor/newcomponent_vendor (where "vendor" is replaced with the vendor’s actual extension tag.)

  • Khronos (KHR) extensions may add undecorated identifier or component names.

These rules are in place to prevent extensions from adding first class undecorated names that become defacto standards. Runtimes must ignore input source paths that do not follow the restrictions above.

Extensions may also add new location suffixes, and may do so by adding a new identifier and location combination using the appropriate suffix. E.g. …/input/newidentifier_newlocation_ext

6.4. Interaction Profile Paths

An interaction profile path identifies a collection of buttons and other input sources in a physical arrangement to allow applications and runtimes to coordinate action bindings.

Interaction profile paths are of the form:

  • /interaction_profiles/<vendor_name>/<type_name>

6.4.1. Khronos Simple Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/khr/simple_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile provides basic pose, button, and haptic support for applications with simple input needs. There is no hardware associated with the profile, and runtimes which support this profile should map the input paths provided to whatever the appropriate paths are on the actual hardware.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/select/click

  • …/input/menu/click

  • …/output/haptic

  • …/input/pointer/pose

  • …/input/palm/pose

6.4.2. Google Daydream Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/google/daydream_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Google Daydream Controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/select/click

  • …/input/trackpad/x

  • …/input/trackpad/y

  • …/input/trackpad/click

  • …/input/trackpad/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

6.4.3. HTC Vive Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/htc/vive_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Vive Controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/system/click (may not be available for application use)

  • …/input/grip/click

  • …/input/menu/click

  • …/input/trigger/click

  • …/input/trigger/value

  • …/input/trackpad/x

  • …/input/trackpad/y

  • …/input/trackpad/click

  • …/input/trackpad/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

  • …/output/haptic

6.4.4. HTC Vive Pro Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/htc/vive_pro

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/head

This interaction profile represents the input sources on the Vive Pro headset.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/system/click (may not be available for application use)

  • …/input/volume_up/click

  • …/input/volume_down/click

  • …/input/mute_mic/click

6.4.5. Microsoft Mixed Reality Motion Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/microsoft/motion_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Microsoft Mixed Reality Controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/menu/click

  • …/input/grip/click

  • …/input/trigger/value

  • …/input/thumbstick/x

  • …/input/thumbstick/y

  • …/input/thumbstick/click

  • …/input/trackpad/x

  • …/input/trackpad/y

  • …/input/trackpad/click

  • …/input/trackpad/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

  • …/output/haptic

6.4.6. Microsoft Xbox Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/microsoft/xbox_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/gamepad

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Microsoft Xbox Controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/menu/click

  • …/input/view/click

  • …/input/a/click

  • …/input/b/click

  • …/input/x/click

  • …/input/y/click

  • …/input/dpad_down/click

  • …/input/dpad_right/click

  • …/input/dpad_up/click

  • …/input/dpad_left/click

  • …/input/shoulder_left/click

  • …/input/shoulder_right/click

  • …/input/thumbstick_left/click

  • …/input/thumbstick_right/click

  • …/input/trigger_left/value

  • …/input/trigger_right/value

  • …/input/thumbstick_left/x

  • …/input/thumbstick_left/y

  • …/input/thumbstick_right/x

  • …/input/thumbstick_right/y

  • …/output/haptic_left

  • …/output/haptic_right

  • …/output/haptic_left_trigger

  • …/output/haptic_right_trigger

6.4.7. Oculus Go Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/oculus/go_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Oculus Go controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/system/click (may not be available for application use)

  • …/input/trigger/click

  • …/input/trackpad/x

  • …/input/trackpad/y

  • …/input/trackpad/click

  • …/input/trackpad/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

6.4.8. Oculus Touch Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/oculus/touch_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Oculus Touch controller.

Supported input sources:

  • On /user/hand/left only:

    • …/input/x/click

    • …/input/x/touch

    • …/input/y/click

    • …/input/y/touch

    • …/input/menu/click

    • …/input/system/click (may not be available for application use)

  • On /user/hand/right only:

    • …/input/a/click

    • …/input/a/touch

    • …/input/b/click

    • …/input/b/touch

  • …/input/grip/value

  • …/input/trigger/value

  • …/input/trigger/touch

  • …/input/thumbstick/x

  • …/input/thumbstick/y

  • …/input/thumbstick/click

  • …/input/thumbstick/touch

  • …/input/thumbrest/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

  • …/output/haptic

6.4.9. Valve Knuckles Controller Profile

Path: /interaction_profiles/valve/knuckles_controller

Valid for user paths:

  • /user/hand/left

  • /user/hand/right

This interaction profile represents the input sources and haptics on the Valve Knuckles controller.

Supported input sources:

  • …/input/system/click (may not be available for application use)

  • …/input/system/touch (may not be available for application use)

  • …/input/a/click

  • …/input/a/touch

  • …/input/b/click

  • …/input/b/touch

  • …/input/grip/value

  • …/input/grip/force

  • …/input/trigger/click

  • …/input/trigger/value

  • …/input/trigger/touch

  • …/input/thumbstick/x

  • …/input/thumbstick/y

  • …/input/thumbstick/click

  • …/input/thumbstick/touch

  • …/input/trackpad/x

  • …/input/trackpad/y

  • …/input/trackpad/force

  • …/input/trackpad/touch

  • …/input/palm/pose

  • …/input/pointer/pose

  • …/output/haptic

7. Spaces

Across both virtual reality and augmented reality, XR applications have a core need to map the location of virtual objects to the corresponding real-world locations where they will be rendered. Spaces allow applications to explicitly create and specify the frames of reference in which they choose to track the real world, and then determine how those frames of reference move relative to one another over time.

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrSpace)

Spaces are represented by XrSpace handles, which the application creates and then uses in API calls. Whenever an application calls a function that returns coordinates, it provides an XrSpace to specify the frame of reference in which those coordinates will be expressed. Similarly, when providing coordinates to a function, the application specifies which XrSpace the runtime should use to interpret those coordinates.

OpenXR defines a set of well-known reference spaces that applications use to bootstrap their spatial reasoning. These reference spaces are: VIEW, LOCAL and STAGE. Each reference space has a well-defined meaning, which establishes where its origin is positioned and how its axes are oriented.

Runtimes whose tracking systems improve their understanding of the world over time may track spaces independently. For example, even though a LOCAL space and a STAGE space each map their origin to a static position in the world, a runtime with an inside-out tracking system may introduce slight adjustments to the origin of each space on a continuous basis to keep each origin in place.

Spaces like the STAGE space may be reconfigured by the user, causing their origin to jump instantaneously. When a discontinuity in the origin of a space occurs, runtimes should delay representing these changes to the application until the next call to xrPollEvent. This allows applications to cleanly detect the change in key poses before and after the discontinuity.

Beyond well-known reference spaces, runtimes expose other independently-tracked spaces, such as a pose action space that tracks the pose of a motion controller over time.

When one or both spaces are tracking a dynamic object, passing in an updated time to xrLocateSpace each frame will result in an updated relative pose. For example, the relationship of the left hand’s pose action space to the STAGE reference space will change each frame as the user’s hand moves relative to the stage’s predefined origin on the floor. In other XR APIs, it is common to report the "pose" of an object relative to some presumed underlying global space. This API is careful to not explicitly define such an underlying global space, because it does not apply to all systems. Some systems will support no STAGE space, while others may support a STAGE space that switches between various physical stages with dynamic availability. To satisfy this wide variability, "poses" are always described as the relationship between two spaces.

Some devices improve their understanding of the world as the device is used. The relation returned by xrLocateSpace in later frames may change over time, even for spaces that track static objects, as either the target space or base space adjusts its origin.

Composition layers submitted by the application include an XrSpace for the runtime to use to position that layer over time. Composition layers whose XrSpace is relative to the VIEW reference space are implicitly "head-locked", even if they may not be "display-locked" for non-head-mounted form factors.

7.1. Reference Spaces

An XrSpace handle for a reference space is created using xrCreateReferenceSpace, by specifying the chosen reference space type and a pose within the natural reference frame defined for that reference space type.

Runtimes implement well-known reference spaces from XrReferenceSpaceType if they support tracking of that kind:

typedef enum XrReferenceSpaceType {
    XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_VIEW = 1,
    XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_LOCAL = 2,
    XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_STAGE = 3,
    XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrReferenceSpaceType;

Available reference space types are indicated by xrEnumerateReferenceSpaces. Note that other spaces can be created as well, such as pose action spaces created by xrCreateActionSpace, which are not enumerated by that API.

Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_VIEW. The VIEW space tracks the view origin used to generate view transforms for the primary viewer (or centroid of view origins if stereo), with +Y up, +X to the right, and -Z forward. This space points in the forward direction for the viewer without incorporating the user’s eye orientation, and is not gravity-aligned.

    VIEW space is primarily useful when projecting from the user’s perspective into another space to obtain a targeting ray, or when rendering small head-locked content such as a reticle. Content rendered in VIEW space will stay at a fixed point on head-mounted displays and may be uncomfortable to view if too large. To obtain the ideal view and projection transforms to use each frame for rendering world content, applications should call xrLocateViews instead of using this space.

  • XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_LOCAL. The LOCAL reference space establishes a world-locked origin, gravity-aligned to exclude pitch and roll, with +Y up, +X to the right, and -Z forward. This space locks in both its initial position and orientation, which the runtime may define to be either the initial position at app launch or some other calibrated zero position.

    LOCAL space is useful when an app needs to render seated-scale content that is not positioned relative to the physical floor.

    When a user needs to recenter LOCAL space, a runtime may offer some system-level recentering interaction that is transparent to the application, but which causes the current leveled head space to become the new LOCAL space. When such a recentering occurs, the runtime must queue the XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending event, with the recentered LOCAL space origin only taking effect for xrLocateSpace or xrLocateViews calls whose XrTime parameter is greater than or equal to the changeTime provided in that event.

    When views, controllers or other spaces experience tracking loss relative to the LOCAL space, runtimes should continue to provide inferred or last-known position and orientation values. These inferred poses can, for example, be based on neck model updates, inertial dead reckoning, or a last-known position, so long as it is still reasonable for the application to use that pose. While a runtime is providing position data, it must continue to set XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT and XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_VALID_BIT but it can clear XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT and XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT to indicate that the position is inferred or last-known in this way.

    When tracking is recovered, runtimes should snap the pose of other spaces back into position relative to the LOCAL space’s original origin.

  • XR_REFERENCE_SPACE_TYPE_STAGE. The STAGE reference space is a runtime-defined flat, rectangular space that is empty and can be walked around on. The origin is on the floor at the center of the rectangle, with +Y up, and the X and Z axes aligned with the rectangle edges. The runtime may not be able to locate spaces relative to the STAGE reference space if the user has not yet defined one within the runtime-specific UI. Apps can use xrGetReferenceSpaceBoundsRect to determine the extents of the STAGE reference space’s XZ bounds rectangle, if defined.

    STAGE space is useful when an app needs to render standing-scale content (no bounds) or room-scale content (with bounds) that is relative to the physical floor.

    When the user redefines the origin or bounds of the current STAGE space, or the runtime otherwise switches to a new STAGE definition, the runtime must queue the XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending event, with the new STAGE space origin only taking effect for xrLocateSpace or xrLocateViews calls whose XrTime parameter is greater than or equal to the changeTime provided in that event.

    When views, controllers or other spaces experience tracking loss relative to the STAGE space, runtimes should continue to provide inferred or last-known position and orientation values. These inferred poses can, for example, be based on neck model updates, inertial dead reckoning, or a last-known position, so long as it is still reasonable for the application to use that pose. While a runtime is providing position data, it must continue to set XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT and XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_VALID_BIT but it can clear XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT and XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT to indicate that the position is inferred or last-known in this way.

    When tracking is recovered, runtimes should snap the pose of other spaces back into position relative to the STAGE space’s original origin.

XR systems may have limited real world spatial ranges in which users can freely move around while remaining tracked. Applications may wish to query these boundaries and alter application behavior or content placement to ensure the user can complete the experience while remaining within the boundary. Applications can query this information using xrGetReferenceSpaceBoundsRect.

When called, xrGetReferenceSpaceBoundsRect should return the extents of a rectangle that is clear of obstacles down to the floor, allowing where the user can freely move while remaining tracked, if available for that reference space. The returned extent represents the dimensions of an axis-aligned bounding box where the XrExtent2Df::width and XrExtent2Df::height fields correspond to the X and Z axes of the provided space, with the extents centered at the origin of the space. Not all systems or spaces may support boundaries. If a runtime is unable to provide bounds for a given space, XR_SPACE_BOUNDS_UNAVAILABLE will be returned and all fields of bounds will be set to 0.

The returned extents are expressed relative to the natural origin of the provided XrReferenceSpaceType and must not incorporate any origin offsets specified by the app during calls to xrCreateReferenceSpace.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED if the XrReferenceSpaceType passed in createInfo is not supported by this session.

When a runtime will begin operating with updated space bounds, the runtime must queue a corresponding XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending event.

XrResult xrGetReferenceSpaceBoundsRect(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrReferenceSpaceType                        referenceSpaceType,
    XrExtent2Df*                                bounds);
Parameter Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • session is a handle to an XrSession previously created with xrCreateSession.

  • referenceSpaceType is the reference space type whose bounds should be retrieved.

  • bounds is the returned space extents.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SPACE_BOUNDS_UNAVAILABLE

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED

The XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending event is sent to the application to notify it that the origin (and perhaps the bounds) of a reference space is changing. This may occur due to the user recentering the space explicitly, or the runtime otherwise switching to a different space definition.

The reference space change must only take effect for xrLocateSpace or xrLocateViews calls whose XrTime parameter is greater than or equal to the changeTime provided in that event. Runtimes should provide a changeTime to apps that allows for a deep render pipeline to present frames that are already in flight using the previous definition of the space. Runtimes should choose a changeTime that is midway between the displayTime of future frames to avoid threshold issues with apps that calculate future frame times using displayPeriod.

The pose provided here must only describe the change in the natural origin of the reference space and must not incorporate any origin offsets specified by the app during calls to xrCreateReferenceSpace. If the runtime does not know the relationship between the new and the previous space, poseValid must be false, and the position and orientation of the pose are undefined.

typedef struct XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrReferenceSpaceType        referenceSpaceType;
    XrTime                      changeTime;
    XrBool32                    poseValid;
    XrPosef                     poseInPreviousSpace;
} XrEventDataReferenceSpaceChangePending;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • referenceSpaceType is the XrReferenceSpaceType that is changing.

  • changeTime is the target XrTime after which xrLocateSpace or xrLocateViews will return values that respect this change.

  • poseValid is true if the runtime can determine the pose of the new space in the previous space before the change.

  • poseInPreviousSpace is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the new reference space’s natural origin within the natural reference frame of its previous space.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_REFERENCE_SPACE_CHANGE_PENDING

  • next must be NULL

  • referenceSpaceType must be a valid XrReferenceSpaceType value

7.2. Action Spaces

An XrSpace handle for a pose action is created using xrCreateActionSpace, by specifying the chosen pose action and a pose within the action’s natural reference frame.

Runtimes support suggested pose action bindings to well-known user paths with …/pose subpaths if they support tracking for that particular identifier.

Some example well-known pose action paths:

  • /user/hand/left/input/palm

  • /user/hand/left/input/pointer

  • /user/hand/right/input/palm

  • /user/hand/right/input/pointer

For definitions of these well-known pose device paths, see the discussion of device input subpaths in the Semantic Paths chapter.

7.2.1. Action Spaces Lifetime

XrSpace handles created for a pose action must initially be unlocatable until the corresponding pose action has been synchronized and calls to xrGetActionStatePose report that the action is active. If the underlying device that is active for the action changes, the device this space is tracking must only change to track the new device when xrSyncActionData is called. If xrLocateSpace is called with an inactive action space, it will return no position or orientation and both XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT and XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT will be unset. If xrLocateViews is called with an inactive action space (although calling xrLocateViews with an action space is not generally useful), it will return no position or orientation and both XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_VALID_BIT and XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT will be unset. If xrDestroyAction is called and an XrAction is destroyed, any XrSpace handles created from this XrAction using xrCreateActionSpace, will also be destroyed.

7.3. Space API

There are a small set of core APIs that allow applications to reason about reference spaces, action spaces, and the relationships between them all.

7.3.1. xrEnumerateReferenceSpaces

The xrEnumerateReferenceSpaces function is defined as:

XrResult xrEnumerateReferenceSpaces(
    XrSession                                   session,
    uint32_t                                    spaceCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   spaceCountOutput,
    XrReferenceSpaceType*                       spaces);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to an XrSession previously created with xrCreateSession.

  • spaceCapacityInput is the capacity of the spaces array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • spaceCountOutput is a pointer to the count of spaces written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that spaceCapacityInput is 0.

  • spaces is a pointer to an application-allocated array that will be filled with the enumerant of each supported reference space. It can be NULL if spaceCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required spaces size.

Enumerates the set of reference space types that this runtime supports for a given session. Runtimes must always return the same values from this enumeration for the lifetime of the session.

If a session enumerates support for a given reference space type, calls to xrCreateReferenceSpace must succeed for that session, with any transient unavailability of poses expressed later during calls to xrLocateSpace.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • If spaceCapacityInput is not 0, spaceCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If spaceCountOutput is not NULL, spaceCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If spaceCapacityInput is not 0, spaces must be a pointer to an array of spaceCapacityInput XrReferenceSpaceType values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

7.3.2. xrCreateReferenceSpace

The xrCreateReferenceSpace function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateReferenceSpace(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrReferenceSpaceCreateInfo*           createInfo,
    XrSpace*                                    space);
Parameter Descriptions

Creates an XrSpace handle based on a chosen reference space. Application can provide an XrPosef to define the position and orientation of the new space’s origin within the natural reference frame of the reference space.

Multiple XrSpace handles may exist simultaneously, up to some limit imposed by the runtime. The XrSpace handle must be eventually freed via the xrDestroySpace function.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED if the given reference space type is not supported by this session.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID if the pose passed in createInfo.poseInReferenceSpace contains non-unit quaternions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_REFERENCE_SPACE_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrReferenceSpaceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrReferenceSpaceCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrReferenceSpaceType        referenceSpaceType;
    XrPosef                     poseInReferenceSpace;
} XrReferenceSpaceCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • referenceSpaceType is the chosen XrReferenceSpaceType.

  • poseInReferenceSpace is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the new space’s origin within the natural reference frame of the reference space.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_REFERENCE_SPACE_CREATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • referenceSpaceType must be a valid XrReferenceSpaceType value

7.3.3. xrCreateActionSpace

The xrCreateActionSpace function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateActionSpace(
    XrAction                                    action,
    const XrActionSpaceCreateInfo*              createInfo,
    XrSpace*                                    space);
Parameter Descriptions

Creates an XrSpace handle based on a chosen pose action. Application can provide an XrPosef to define the position and orientation of the new space’s origin within the natural reference frame of the action space.

Multiple XrSpace handles may exist simultaneously, up to some limit imposed by the runtime. The XrSpace handle must be eventually freed via the xrDestroySpace function or by destroying the parent XrAction handle.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID if the action provided in action is not a valid action.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID if the pose passed in createInfo.poseInActionSpace contains non-unit quaternions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrActionSpaceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionSpaceCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrPath                      subactionPath;
    XrPosef                     poseInActionSpace;
} XrActionSpaceCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • subactionPath is XR_NULL_PATH or an XrPath that was specified when the action was created as valid to filter on. If this parameter is set, the runtime must create a space that is relative to only that subaction’s pose binding.

  • poseInActionSpace is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the new space’s origin within the natural reference frame of the pose action.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_SPACE_CREATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

7.3.4. xrDestroySpace

The xrDestroySpace function is defined as:

XrResult xrDestroySpace(
    XrSpace                                     space);
Parameter Descriptions

XrSpace handles are destroyed using xrDestroySpace. If the XrSpace is invalid the runtime must return XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID. The runtime may still use this space if there are active dependencies (e.g, compositions in progress).

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • space must be a valid XrSpace handle

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

7.3.5. xrLocateSpace

xrLocateSpace provides the physical relationship of a space relative to a base space at a specified time, if currently known by the runtime.

XrResult xrLocateSpace(
    XrSpace                                     space,
    XrSpace                                     baseSpace,
    XrTime                                      time,
    XrSpaceRelation*                            relation);
Parameter Descriptions
  • space identifies the target space to locate.

  • baseSpace identifies the underlying space in which to locate space.

  • time is the time for which the relation should be provided.

  • relation provides a relation which transforms coordinates from baseSpace to space.

For a time in the past, the runtime should relate the spaces based on the runtime’s most accurate current understanding of how the world was at that historical time.

For a time in the future, the runtime should relate the spaces based on the runtime’s most up-to-date prediction of how the world will be at that future time.

The minimum valid range of values for time are described in Prediction Time Limits. For values of time outside this range, xrLocateSpace may return a relation with no position and XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT unset.

Some devices improve their understanding of the world as the device is used. The relation returned by xrLocateSpace for a given space, baseSpace and time may change over time, even for spaces that track static objects, as one or both spaces adjust their origins.

During tracking loss of space relative to baseSpace, runtimes should continue to provide inferred or last-known position and orientation values. These inferred poses can, for example, be based on neck model updates, inertial dead reckoning, or a last-known position, so long as it is still reasonable for the application to use that pose. While a runtime is providing position data, it must continue to set XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT but it can clear XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT to indicate that the position is inferred or last-known in this way.

If the runtime has not yet observed even a last-known pose for how space and baseSpace relate (e.g. one space is an action space bound to a motion controller that has not yet been detected, or the two spaces are in disconnected fragments of the runtime’s tracked volume), the runtime should return a relation with no position and XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT unset.

The runtime must return a relation with both XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT and XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT set when relating space and baseSpace if both spaces were created relative to the same entity (e.g. two action spaces for the same action), even if the entity is currently untracked. The relation in this case is the difference in the two spaces' application-specified transforms relative to that common entity.

The runtime should return a relation with XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT set and XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT unset for spaces tracking two static entities in the world when their relative pose is known to the runtime. This enables applications to make use of the runtime’s latest knowledge of the world, even during tracking loss.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • space must be a valid XrSpace handle

  • baseSpace must be a valid XrSpace handle

  • relation must be a pointer to an XrSpaceRelation structure

  • Both of baseSpace and space must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same XrSession

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSpaceRelation structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSpaceRelation {
    XrStructureType         type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS      next;
    XrSpaceRelationFlags    relationFlags;
    XrTime                  time;
    XrPosef                 pose;
    XrVector3f              linearVelocity;
    XrVector3f              angularVelocity;
    XrVector3f              linearAcceleration;
    XrVector3f              angularAcceleration;
} XrSpaceRelation;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • relationFlags is a bitfield, with bit masks defined in XrSpaceRelationFlagBits, to indicate which members contain valid data. If none of the bits are set, no other fields in this structure should be considered to be valid or meaningful.

  • time is the XrTime for which the other fields have been populated, possibly through prediction or interpolation.

  • pose is an XrPosef defining the position and rotation of the origin of xrLocateSpace::space within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::baseSpace.

  • linearVelocity is the positional velocity of the origin of xrLocateSpace::space within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::baseSpace, in units of meters per second.

  • angularVelocity is the angular velocity of the origin of xrLocateSpace::space within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::baseSpace, expressed within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::space. It is represented as a 3D angular velocity vector, with units of radians per second, suitable for integration or conversion to other formats through use of the “exponential map” construct.

  • linearAcceleration is the positional acceleration of the origin of xrLocateSpace::space within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::baseSpace, in units of meters per second per second.

  • angularAcceleration is the angular acceleration of the origin of xrLocateSpace::space within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::baseSpace, expressed within the reference frame of xrLocateSpace::space. It is represented as a 3D vector, with units of radians per second per second.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SPACE_RELATION

  • next must be NULL

  • relationFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrSpaceRelationFlagBits values

The relationFlags member is a bitwise-OR of zero or more of the following flags:

// Flag bits for XrSpaceRelationFlags
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000002;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_LINEAR_VELOCITY_VALID_BIT = 0x00000004;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_VALID_BIT = 0x00000008;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_LINEAR_ACCELERATION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000010;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000020;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT = 0x00000040;
static const XrSpaceRelationFlags XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT = 0x00000080;

where the flags have the following meaning:

Flag Descriptions
  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT indicates that the pose field’s orientation field contains valid data. For space relations tracking a device with its own inertial tracking, XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT should remain set when this bit is set.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_VALID_BIT indicates that the pose field’s position field contains valid data. When a space relation loses tracking, runtimes should continue to provide valid but untracked position values that are inferred or last-known, so long as it’s still meaningful for the application to use that position, clearing XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT until positional tracking is recovered.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_LINEAR_VELOCITY_VALID_BIT indicates that the linearVelocity field contains valid data.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_VALID_BIT indicates that the angularVelocity field contains valid data.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_LINEAR_ACCELERATION_VALID_BIT indicates that the linearAcceleration field contains valid data.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION_VALID_BIT indicates that the angularAcceleration field contains valid data.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT indicates that the pose field’s orientation field represents an actively tracked orientation. For a space relation tracking a device with its own inertial tracking, this bit should remain set when XR_SPACE_RELATION_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT is set. For a space relation tracking an object whose orientation is no longer known during tracking loss (e.g. an observed QR code), runtimes should continue to provide valid but untracked orientation values, so long as it’s still meaningful for the application to use that orientation.

  • XR_SPACE_RELATION_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT indicates that the pose field’s position field represents an actively tracked position. When a space relation loses tracking, runtimes should continue to provide valid but untracked position values that are inferred or last-known, e.g. based on neck model updates, inertial dead reckoning, or a last-known position, so long as it’s still meaningful for the application to use that position.

8. View Configurations

A view configuration is a semantically meaningful set of one or more views for which an application can render images. A primary view configuration is a view configuration intended to be presented to the viewer interacting with the XR application. This distinction allows the later addition of additional views, for example views which are intended for spectators.

A typical head-mounted VR system has a view configuration with two views, while a typical phone-based AR system has a view configuration with a single view. A simple multi-wall projection-based (CAVE-like) VR system may have a view configuration with at least one view for each display surface (wall, floor, ceiling) in the room.

For any supported form factor, a system will support one or more primary view configurations. Supporting more than one primary view configuration can be useful if a system supports a special view configuration optimized for the hardware but also supports a more broadly used view configuration as a compatibility fallback.

View configurations are identified with an XrViewConfigurationType.

8.1. Primary View Configurations

typedef enum XrViewConfigurationType {
    XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_MONO = 1,
    XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO = 2,
    XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrViewConfigurationType;

The application selects its primary view configuration type when calling xrBeginSession, and that configuration remains constant for the lifetime of the session, until xrEndSession is called.

The number of views and the semantic meaning of each view index within a given view configuration is well-defined, specified below for all core view configurations. The predefined primary view configuration types are:

Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_MONO. One view representing the form factor’s one primary display. For example, an AR phone’s screen. This configuration requires one element in XrViewConfigurationProperties and one projection in each XrCompositionLayerProjection layer.

  • XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO. Two views representing the form factor’s two primary displays, which map to a left-eye and right-eye view. This configuration requires two views in XrViewConfigurationProperties and two views in each XrCompositionLayerProjection layer. View index 0 must represent the left eye and view index 1 must represent the right eye.

8.2. View Configuration API

First an application needs to select which primary view configuration it wants to use. If it supports multiple configurations, an application can call xrEnumerateViewConfigurations before creating an XrSession to get a list of the view configuration types supported for a given system.

The application can then call xrGetViewConfigurationProperties and xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews to get detailed information about each view configuration type and its individual views.

8.2.1. xrEnumerateViewConfigurations

The xrEnumerateViewConfigurations is defined as follows:

XrResult xrEnumerateViewConfigurations(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    uint32_t                                    viewConfigurationTypeCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   viewConfigurationTypeCountOutput,
    XrViewConfigurationType*                    viewConfigurationTypes);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which systemId was retrieved.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId whose view configurations will be enumerated.

  • viewConfigurationsTypeCapacityInput is the capacity of the viewConfigurations array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • viewConfigurationsTypeCountOutput is a pointer to the count of viewConfigurations written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that viewConfigurationsTypeCapacityInput is 0.

  • viewConfigurationsTypes is a pointer to an array of XrViewConfigurationType values, but can be NULL if viewConfigurationsTypeCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required viewConfigurations size.

xrEnumerateViewConfigurations enumerates the view configuration types supported by the XrSystemId. The supported set for that system must not change during the lifetime of its XrInstance. The returned list of primary view configurations should be in order from what the runtime considered highest to lowest user preference. Thus the first enumerated view configuration type should be the one the runtime prefers the application to use if possible.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • If viewConfigurationTypeCapacityInput is not 0, viewConfigurationTypeCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If viewConfigurationTypeCountOutput is not NULL, viewConfigurationTypeCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If viewConfigurationTypeCapacityInput is not 0, viewConfigurationTypes must be a pointer to an array of viewConfigurationTypeCapacityInput XrViewConfigurationType values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

8.2.2. xrGetViewConfigurationProperties

The xrGetViewConfigurationProperties function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetViewConfigurationProperties(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrViewConfigurationType                     viewConfigurationType,
    XrViewConfigurationProperties*              configurationProperties);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which systemId was retrieved.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId whose view configuration is being queried.

  • viewConfigurationType is the XrViewConfigurationType of the configuration to get.

  • configurationProperties is a pointer to view configuration properties to return.

xrGetViewConfigurationProperties queries properties of an individual view configuration. Applications must use one of the supported view configuration types returned by xrEnumerateViewConfigurations. If viewConfigurationType is not supported by this XrInstance the runtime must return XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED

8.2.3. XrViewConfigurationProperties

The XrViewConfigurationProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrViewConfigurationProperties {
    XrStructureType            type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS         next;
    XrViewConfigurationType    viewConfigurationType;
    XrBool32                   fovMutable;
} XrViewConfigurationProperties;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • viewConfigurationType is the XrViewConfigurationType of the configuration.

  • fovMutable indicates if the view field of view can be modified by the application.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_PROPERTIES

  • next must be NULL

  • viewConfigurationType must be a valid XrViewConfigurationType value

8.2.4. xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews

The function xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews is defined as:

XrResult xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrViewConfigurationType                     viewConfigurationType,
    uint32_t                                    viewCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   viewCountOutput,
    XrViewConfigurationView*                    views);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which systemId was retrieved.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId whose view configuration is being queried.

  • viewConfigurationType is the XrViewConfigurationType of the configuration to get.

  • viewCapacityInput is the capacity of the views array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • viewCountOutput is a pointer to the count of views written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that viewCapacityInput is 0.

  • views is a pointer to an array of XrViewConfigurationView values, but can be NULL if viewCapacityInput is 0.

Each XrViewConfigurationType defines the number of views associated with it. Applications can query more details of each view element using xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews. If the supplied viewConfigurationType is not supported by this XrInstance and XrSystemId, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • viewConfigurationType must be a valid XrViewConfigurationType value

  • If viewCapacityInput is not 0, viewCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If viewCountOutput is not NULL, viewCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If viewCapacityInput is not 0, views must be a pointer to an array of viewCapacityInput XrViewConfigurationView structures

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

8.2.5. XrViewConfigurationView

Each XrViewConfigurationView specifies properties related to rendering of an individual view within a view configuration.

The XrViewConfigurationView structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrViewConfigurationView {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              recommendedImageRectWidth;
    uint32_t              maxImageRectWidth;
    uint32_t              recommendedImageRectHeight;
    uint32_t              maxImageRectHeight;
    uint32_t              recommendedSwapchainSampleCount;
    uint32_t              maxSwapchainSampleCount;
} XrViewConfigurationView;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • recommendedImageRectWidth is the optimal width of imageRect to use when rendering this view into a swapchain.

  • maxImageRectWidth is the maximum width of imageRect supported when rendering this view into a swapchain.

  • recommendedImageRectHeight is the optimal height of imageRect to use when rendering this view into a swapchain.

  • maxImageRectHeight is the maximum height of imageRect supported when rendering this view into a swapchain.

  • recommendedSwapchainSampleCount is the recommended number of sub-data element samples to create for each swapchain image that will be rendered into for this view.

  • maxSwapchainSampleCount is the maximum number of sub-data element samples supported for swapchain images that will be rendered into for this view.

See XrSwapchainSubImage for more information about imageRect values, and XrSwapchainCreateInfo for more information about creating swapchains appropriately sized to support those imageRect values.

The array of XrViewConfigurationView returned by the runtime must adhere to the rules defined in XrViewConfigurationType, such as the count and association to the left and right eyes.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_VIEW

  • next must be NULL

  • recommendedImageRectWidth must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxImageRectWidth must be a valid uint32_t value

  • recommendedImageRectHeight must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxImageRectHeight must be a valid uint32_t value

  • recommendedSwapchainSampleCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxSwapchainSampleCount must be a valid uint32_t value

8.3. Example View Configuration Code

XrInstance instance; // previously initialized
XrSystemId system; // previously initialized
XrSession session; // previously initialized

// Enumerate the view configurations paths.
uint32_t configurationCount;
CHK_XR(xrEnumerateViewConfigurations(instance, system, 0, &configurationCount, nullptr));

std::vector<XrViewConfigurationType> configurationTypes(configurationCount);
CHK_XR(xrEnumerateViewConfigurations(instance, system, configurationCount, &configurationCount, configurationTypes.data()));

bool configFound = false;
for(uint32_t i = 0; i < configurationCount; ++i)
{
    if (configurationTypes[i] == XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO)
    {
        configFound = true;
        break;  // Pick the first supported, i.e. preferred, view configuration.
    }
}

if (!configFound)
    return;   // Cannot support any view configuration of this system.

// Get detailed information of each view element.
uint32_t viewCount;
CHK_XR(xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews(instance, system,
    XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO,
    0,
    &viewCount,
    nullptr));

std::vector<XrViewConfigurationView> configViews(viewCount, {XR_TYPE_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_VIEW});
CHK_XR(xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews(instance, system,
    XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO,
    viewCount,
    &viewCount,
    configViews.data()));

// Set the primary view configuration for the session.
XrSessionBeginInfo beginInfo = {XR_TYPE_SESSION_BEGIN_INFO, nullptr, XR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_PRIMARY_STEREO };
CHK_XR(xrBeginSession(session, &beginInfo));

XrCompositionLayerFlags layerFlags; // previously initialized

// Allocate a buffer according to viewCount.
std::vector<XrView> views(viewCount, {XR_TYPE_VIEW});

// Get views
XrTime displayTime; // previously initialized
XrSpace space; // previously initialized

// Run a per-frame loop.
while (!quit)
{
    XrViewLocateInfo viewLocateInfo{XR_TYPE_VIEW_LOCATE_INFO};
    viewLocateInfo.displayTime = displayTime;
    viewLocateInfo.space = space;

    XrViewState viewState{};
    uint32_t viewCountOutput;
    CHK_XR(xrLocateViews(session, &viewLocateInfo, &viewState, configViews.size(), &viewCountOutput, views.data()));

    // Wait for beginning the next frame.
    XrFrameWaitInfo frameWaitInfo{XR_TYPE_FRAME_WAIT_INFO};
    XrFrameState frameState{XR_TYPE_FRAME_STATE};
    CHK_XR(xrWaitFrame(session, &frameWaitInfo, &frameState));

    // Begin frame
    XrFrameBeginInfo frameBeginInfo { XR_TYPE_FRAME_BEGIN_INFO };
    CHK_XR(xrBeginFrame(session, &frameBeginInfo));

    // ...
    // Use view and frameState for scene render.

    // End frame
    XrCompositionLayerProjectionView views[2] = { /*...*/ };
    XrCompositionLayerProjection layerProj{ XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_PROJECTION, nullptr, layerFlags, space, 2, views };
    XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader* layers[1] = { reinterpret_cast<XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader*>(&layerProj) };
    XrFrameEndInfo frameEndInfo{ XR_TYPE_FRAME_END_INFO, nullptr, displayTime, XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE, 1, layers };
    CHK_XR(xrEndFrame(session, &frameEndInfo));
}

9. Session

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrSession)

A session represents an application’s intention to display XR content to the user. An application makes its XR content eligible to be displayed by beginning a session with xrBeginSession, causing it to enter the running state. It may then hide its XR content for some period by ending its session with xrEndSession, causing it to leave the running state.

Only running sessions may become focused sessions that receive XR input. When a session is not running, the application must not submit frames. This is important because without a running session, the runtime no longer has to spend resources on sub-systems (tracking etc.) that are no longer needed by the application.

A session may be running but not currently visible, as another running session may take precedence. The XrEventDataSessionStateChanged event indicates changes to visibility or input focus states. Runtimes each establish their own policy for when an application has the right to make its running session visible in the XR display.

An application must set the current view configuration and supported view configurations before calling xrBeginSession.

9.1. Session Lifecycle

To present graphical content on an output device, OpenXR applications need to pick a graphics API which is supported by the runtime. Unextended OpenXR does not support any graphics APIs natively but provides a number of extensions of which each runtime can support any subset. These extensions can be activated during XrInstance create time.

During XrSession creation the application must provide information about which graphics API it intends to use by adding a struct of one (and only one) of the enabled graphics API extensions to the next chain of XrSessionCreateInfo. Unless specified differently in the graphics API extension, the application is responsible for creating a valid graphics device binding (for details refer to the extension specification of the graphics API).

The xrCreateSession function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateSession(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const XrSessionCreateInfo*                  createInfo,
    XrSession*                                  session);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which XrSessionCreateInfo::systemId was retrieved.

  • createInfo is a pointer to an XrSessionCreateInfo structure containing information about how to create the session.

  • session is a pointer to a handle in which the created XrSession is returned.

Creates a session using the provided createInfo and returns a handle to that session. This session is created in the XR_SESSION_STATE_IDLE state.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_GRAPHICS_DEVICE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSessionCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSessionCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrSessionCreateFlags        createFlags;
    XrSystemId                  systemId;
} XrSessionCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or is a pointer to an extension-specific structure. Note that in most cases one graphics API extension specific struct needs to be in this next chain.

  • createFlags identifies XrSessionCreateFlags that apply to the creation.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId representing the system of devices to be used by this session.

Valid Usage
  • systemId must be a valid XrSystemId or XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID will be returned.

  • next, unless otherwise specified via an extension, must contain exactly one graphics API binding structure (a structure whose name begins with "XrGraphicsBinding") or XR_ERROR_GRAPHICS_DEVICE_INVALID will be returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrSessionCreateFlags include:

// Flag bits for XrSessionCreateFlags

There are currently no session creation flags. This is reserved for future use.

The xrDestroySession function is defined as.

XrResult xrDestroySession(
    XrSession                                   session);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the session to destroy.

XrSession handles are destroyed using xrDestroySession. When an XrSession is destroyed, all handles that are children of that XrSession are also destroyed. If the session is invalid the runtime must return XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID.

The application is responsible for ensuring that it has no calls using session in progress when the session is destroyed.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

9.2. Session Initialization

The xrBeginSession function is defined as:

XrResult xrBeginSession(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrSessionBeginInfo*                   beginInfo);
Parameter Descriptions

When an app begins a session, it is requesting that the runtime show its rendered output to the user.

Note that a runtime may decide not to show a given session’s output to the user at any time, for example if the user has switched to a different app’s running session. If the session is running but the runtime does not make the session visible, XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE must be returned. The app should use the XrEventDataSessionStateChanged event to determine when this session is visible to the user and is focused to receive input. If primaryViewConfigurationType in beginInfo is not supported by the XrInstance that created session the runtime must return XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED. If a session was already begun for session, then the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED

The XrSessionBeginInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSessionBeginInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrViewConfigurationType     primaryViewConfigurationType;
} XrSessionBeginInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • primaryViewConfigurationType is the XrViewConfigurationType to use during this session to provide images for the form factor’s primary displays.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SESSION_BEGIN_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • primaryViewConfigurationType must be a valid XrViewConfigurationType value

The xrEndSession function is defined as:

XrResult xrEndSession(
    XrSession                                   session);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to a running XrSession.

The application calls xrEndSession to end a running session. This function signals to the runtime that the application no longer wishes to display rendered output, read input state, or control haptic events. If this session was not running, then XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING will be returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

9.3. Session Lifecycle States

lifecycle
Figure 2. Session Life-cycle

While events can be expanded upon, there are a minimum set of lifecycle events which can occur which all OpenXR applications must be aware of. These events are detailed below.

9.3.1. XrEventDataSessionStateChanged

The XrEventDataSessionStateChanged structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrEventDataSessionStateChanged {
     XrStructureType            type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrSession                   session;
    XrSessionState              state;
    XrTime                      time;
} XrEventDataSessionStateChanged;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • session is the XrSession which has changed state.

  • state is the current XrSessionState of the session.

  • time is an XrTime which indicates the time of the state change.

Receiving the XrEventDataSessionStateChanged event structure indicates that the application has changed lifecycle state.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED

  • next must be NULL

  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • state must be a valid XrSessionState value

The XrSessionState enumerates the possible session lifecycle states:

typedef enum XrSessionState {
    XR_SESSION_STATE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_IDLE = 1,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_READY = 2,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING = 3,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE = 4,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED = 5,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_STOPPING = 6,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_LOSS_PENDING = 7,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_EXITING = 8,
    XR_SESSION_STATE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrSessionState;
Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_SESSION_STATE_UNKNOWN. An unknown state. The runtime must not return this value in an XrEventDataSessionStateChanged event.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_IDLE. The initial state after calling xrCreateSession or returned to after calling xrEndSession.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_READY. The application is ready to call xrBeginSession.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING. The application should run the xrWaitFrame/xrBeginFrame/xrEndFrame loop.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE. The application should render everything except input avatars.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED. The application should render everything and process input.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_STOPPING. The application should exit the render loop and call xrEndSession.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_LOSS_PENDING. The session is in the process of being lost.

  • XR_SESSION_STATE_EXITING. The application should end its XR experience and not automatically restart it.

The XR_SESSION_STATE_UNKNOWN state must not be returned by the runtime, and is only defined to avoid 0 being a valid state.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_IDLE state indicates that the runtime considers the session is idle. Applications in this state should minimize resource consumption but continue to call xrPollEvent at some reasonable cadence.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_READY state indicates that the runtime desires the application to prepare rendering resources, call xrBeginSession, and start its rendering loop. The rendering loop should consist of some sequence of xrWaitFrame/xrBeginFrame/xrEndFrame calls. An application should avoid heavy GPU work until reaching the XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE state to avoid contention with other applications which may still possibly be running.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING state indicates that the runtime has detected the applications rendering loop and properly synchronized it with the display’s refresh cycle. Achieving synchronization prior to entering the XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE state facilitates switching between applications on a display frame boundary.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE state indicates that the session is visible. This can occur in many cases, one typical example is when a user switches from one OpenXR application to the current one. Applications that become visible should respond by simulating and submitting frames. Applications that lose visibility should stop submitting frames in order to give CPU and GPU precedence to any other applications that need it. This is a temporary event and usually indicates that either the user or the runtime process has determine the session should be placed on the back burner but may be brought back into visibility shortly.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED state indicates the application is able to receive user input. If a session is focused it receives all input from a user. On the other hand, if a session does not have focus, it may receive no user input. The runtime must guarantee that at most one application has input focus at any given time. An application may be visible but not have focus, for example when the runtime is composing a modal pop-up on top of the application’s rendered frames. It is important for apps to continue rendering when visible even when they do not have focus. Applications should only render input avatars (depictions of hands or other tracked objects controlled by the user) when in the XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED state. The runtime must not render input avatars when an application is focused.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_STOPPING state indicates that the runtime has determined that the application should halt its rendering loop. A possible reason for this would be to minimize contention between multiple applications. Applications should exit their rendering loop and call xrEndSession when in this state.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_EXITING state indicates the runtime wishes the application to terminate its XR experience, typically due to a user request via a runtime user interface. Applications should gracefully end their process when in this state.

Receiving the XR_SESSION_STATE_LOSS_PENDING state indicates the runtime is no longer able to operate with the current session, for example due to the loss of a display hardware connection. An application should call xrDestroySession and may end its process or decide to poll xrGetSystem at some reasonable cadence to get a new XrSystemId, and re-initialize all graphics resources related to the new system, and then create a new session using xrCreateSession. After the event is queued, subsequent calls to functions that accept XrSession parameters must no longer return any success code other than XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING for the given XrSession handle. The XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING success result is returned for an unspecified grace period of time, and the functions that return it simulate success in their behavior. If the runtime has no reasonable way to successfully complete a given function (e.g. xrCreateSwapchain) when a lost session is pending, or if the runtime is not able to provide the app a grace period, the runtime may return XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST. Thereafter, functions which accept XrSession parameters for the lost session may return XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST to indicate that the function failed and the given session was lost. The XrSession handle and child handles are henceforth unusable and should be destroyed by the application in order to immediately free up resources associated with those handles.

10. Rendering

10.1. Swapchain Image Management

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrSwapchain)

Normal XR applications will want to present rendered images to the user. To allow this, the runtime provides images organized in swapchains for the application to render into. The runtime must allow applications to create multiple swapchains.

Swapchain image format support by the runtime is specified by the xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats function. Runtimes should support R8G8B8A8 and R8G8B8A8 sRGB formats if possible.

Swapchain images can be 2D or 2D Array.

Rendering operations involving composition of submitted layers should be assumed to be internally performed by the runtime in linear color space. Images submitted in sRGB color space must be created using an API-specific sRGB format (e.g. DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_SRGB, GL_SRGBA, VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB) to apply automatic sRGB-to-linear conversion when read by the runtime. All other formats will be treated as linear values.

Note

DXGI resources will be created with their associated TYPELESS format, but the runtime will use the application-specified format for reading the data.

The xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats is defined as:

XrResult xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats(
    XrSession                                   session,
    uint32_t                                    formatCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   formatCountOutput,
    int64_t*                                    formats);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the session that enumerates the supported formats.

  • formatCapacityInput is the capacity of the formats, or 0 to retrieve the required capacity.

  • formatCountOutput is a pointer to the count of uint64_t formats written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that formatCapacityInput is 0.

  • formats is a pointer to an array of int64_t format ids, but can be NULL if formatCapacityInput is 0. The format ids are specific to the specified graphics API.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required formats size.

xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats enumerates the texture formats supported by the current session. The type of formats returned are dependent on the graphics API specified in xrCreateSession. For example, if a DirectX graphics API was specified, then the enumerated formats correspond to the DXGI formats, such as DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_SRGB.

With an OpenGL-based graphics API, the texture formats correspond to OpenGL internal formats.

With a Direct3D-based graphics API, xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats never returns typeless formats (e.g. DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_TYPELESS). Only concrete formats are returned, and only concrete formats may be specified by applications for swapchain creation.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • If formatCapacityInput is not 0, formatCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If formatCountOutput is not NULL, formatCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If formatCapacityInput is not 0, formats must be a pointer to an array of formatCapacityInput int64_t values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

XrSwapchainUsageFlags Specify the intended usage of the swapchain images. When images are created, the runtime needs to know how the images are used in a way that requires more information than simply the image format. The XrSwapchainCreateInfo passed to xrCreateSwapchain should match the intended usage or else undefined behavior may result when the application works with the images.

Flags include:

// Flag bits for XrSwapchainUsageFlags
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000002;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_UNORDERED_ACCESS_BIT = 0x00000004;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00000008;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00000010;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT = 0x00000020;
static const XrSwapchainUsageFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT = 0x00000040;
Flag Descriptions
  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT indicates that the image may be a color rendering target.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT indicates that the image may be a depth/stencil rendering target.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_UNORDERED_ACCESS_BIT indicates that the image may be used as data source.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT indicates that the image may be the source of a copy operation.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT indicates that the image may be the destination of a copy operation.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT indicates that the image may sampled by a shader.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT indicates that the image format may be reinterpreted.

The xrCreateSwapchain function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateSwapchain(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrSwapchainCreateInfo*                createInfo,
    XrSwapchain*                                swapchain);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the session that creates the image.

  • createInfo is a pointer to an XrSwapchainCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the image.

  • swapchain is a pointer to a handle in which the created XrSwapchain is returned.

Creates an XrSwapchain handle. The returned swapchain handle may be subsequently used in API calls. Multiple XrSwapchain handles may exist simultaneously, up to some limit imposed by the runtime. The XrSwapchain handle must be eventually freed via the xrDestroySwapchain function. The runtime must return XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_UNSUPPORTED if the image format specified in the XrSwapchainCreateInfo is unsupported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSwapchainCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrSwapchainCreateFlags      createFlags;
    XrSwapchainUsageFlags       usageFlags;
    int64_t                     format;
    uint32_t                    sampleCount;
    uint32_t                    width;
    uint32_t                    height;
    uint32_t                    faceCount;
    uint32_t                    arraySize;
    uint32_t                    mipCount;
} XrSwapchainCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • createFlags is a bitmask of XrSwapchainCreateFlagBits describing additional properties of the swapchain.

  • usageFlags is a bitmask of XrSwapchainUsageFlagBits describing the intended usage of the swapchain’s images. The usage flags define how the corresponding graphics API objects are created. A mismatch may result in swapchain images that do not support the application’s usage.

  • format is a graphics API-specific texture format identifier. For example, if the graphics API specified in xrCreateSession is Vulkan, then this format is a Vulkan format such as VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB. The format identifies the format that the runtime will interpret the texture as upon submission. Valid formats are indicated by xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats.

  • sampleCount is the number of sub-data element samples in the image.

  • width is the width of the image.

  • height is the height of the image.

  • faceCount is the number of faces, which can be either 6 (for cubemaps) or 1.

  • arraySize is the number of array layers in the image.

  • mipCount describes the number of levels of detail available for minified sampling of the image.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • createFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrSwapchainCreateFlagBits values

  • usageFlags must be a valid combination of XrSwapchainUsageFlagBits values

  • usageFlags must not be 0

  • format must be a valid int64_t value

  • sampleCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • width must be a valid uint32_t value

  • height must be a valid uint32_t value

  • faceCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • arraySize must be a valid uint32_t value

  • mipCount must be a valid uint32_t value

The createFlags are a combination of the following:

// Flag bits for XrSwapchainCreateFlags
static const XrSwapchainCreateFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_CONTENT_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrSwapchainCreateFlags XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_STATIC_IMAGE_BIT = 0x00000002;
Flag Descriptions
  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_CONTENT_BIT indicates that the swapchain’s images will be protected from CPU access, using a mechanism such as Vulkan protected memory.

  • XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_STATIC_IMAGE_BIT indicates that the application will acquire and release only one image to this swapchain over its entire lifetime. When this flag is present, runtimes should allocate fewer images than for regular swapchains to reduce memory use.

A runtime may implement any of these, but is not required to.

The number of images in each swapchain is implementation-defined. To obtain the number of images actually allocated, call xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

With a Direct3D-based graphics API, the swapchain returned by xrCreateSwapchain will be a typeless format if the requested format has a typeless analogue. Applications are required to reinterpret the swapchain as a compatible non-typeless type. Upon submitting such swapchains to the runtime, they are interpreted as the format specified by the application in the XrSwapchainCreateInfo.

Swapchains will be created with graphics API-specific flags appropriate to the type of underlying image and its usage. Extensions may exist to further assist the runtime in choosing how to create swapchains.

xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats never returns typeless formats (e.g. DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_TYPELESS). Only concrete formats are returned, and only concrete formats may be specified by applications for swapchain creation.

The xrDestroySwapchain function is defined as:

XrResult xrDestroySwapchain(
    XrSwapchain                                 swapchain);
Parameter Descriptions
  • swapchain is the swapchain to destroy.

All submitted graphics API commands that refer to swapchain must have completed execution. Runtimes may continue to utilize swapchain images after xrDestroySwapchain is called.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

Swapchain images are acquired, waited on, and released by index, but the number of images in a swapchain is implementation-defined. Additionally, rendering to images requires access to the underlying image primitive of the graphics API being used. Applications may query and cache the images at any time after swapchain creation.

The xrEnumerateSwapchainImages function is defined as:

XrResult xrEnumerateSwapchainImages(
    XrSwapchain                                 swapchain,
    uint32_t                                    imageCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   imageCountOutput,
    XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader*                 images);
Parameter Descriptions
  • swapchain is the XrSwapchain to get images from.

  • imageCapacityInput is the capacity of the images array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • imageCountOutput is a pointer to the count of images written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that imageCapacityInput is 0.

  • images is a pointer to an array of graphics API-specific XrSwapchainImage structures based off of XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader. It can be NULL if imageCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required images size.

Fills an array of graphics API-specific XrSwapchainImage structures. The resources must be constant and valid for the lifetime of the XrSwapchain.

Note: images is a pointer to an array of structures of graphics API-specific type, not an array of structure pointers.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • swapchain must be a valid XrSwapchain handle

  • If imageCapacityInput is not 0, imageCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If imageCountOutput is not NULL, imageCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If imageCapacityInput is not 0, images must be a pointer to an array of imageCapacityInput XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader structures

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader structure is defined as follows:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

The XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader is a base structure that can be overridden by a graphics API-specific XrSwapchainImage* child structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be one of the following XrStructureType values: XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPEN_GLKHR, XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPEN_GLESKHR, XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_VULKAN_KHR, XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_KHR, XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_KHR, XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_KHR

  • next must be NULL

Before an application can start building graphics API command buffers that refer to an image in a swapchain, it must acquire the image from the swapchain. The acquire operation determines the index of the next image that will be used in the swapchain. The order in which images are acquired is undefined. The runtime must allow the application to acquire more than one image from a single swapchain at a time, for example if the application implements a multiple frame deep rendering pipeline.

The xrAcquireSwapchainImage function is defined as:

XrResult xrAcquireSwapchainImage(
    XrSwapchain                                 swapchain,
    const XrSwapchainImageAcquireInfo*          acquireInfo,
    uint32_t*                                   index);
Parameter Descriptions
  • swapchain is the swapchain from which to acquire an image.

  • acquireInfo is for extensibility purposes.

  • index is a pointer to the image index that was acquired.

Acquires the image corresponding to the index position in the array returned by xrEnumerateSwapchainImages. The runtime must return XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID if index has already been acquired and not yet released with xrReleaseSwapchainImage. If the swapchain was created with the XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_STATIC_IMAGE_BIT set in XrSwapchainCreateInfo::createFlags, this function must not have been previously called for this swapchain.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID

The XrSwapchainImageAcquireInfo structure is available for extensibility purposes. It is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageAcquireInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrSwapchainImageAcquireInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_ACQUIRE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

The xrWaitSwapchainImage function is defined as:

XrResult xrWaitSwapchainImage(
    XrSwapchain                                 swapchain,
    const XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo*             waitInfo);
Parameter Descriptions
  • swapchain is the swapchain from which to wait for an image.

  • waitInfo is a pointer to an XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo struct.

Before an application can begin writing to a swapchain image, it must first wait on the image to avoid writing to it before the compositor has finished reading from it. xrWaitSwapchainImage will implicitly wait on the oldest acquired swapchain image which has not yet been successfully waited on. Once a swapchain image has been successfully waited on, it must be released before waiting on the next acquired swapchain image.

This function may block for longer than the timeout specified in XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo due to scheduling or contention.

If the timeout expires without the image becoming available for writing, XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED is returned. If xrWaitSwapchainImage returns XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED, the next call to xrWaitSwapchainImage will wait on the same image index again until the function succeeds with XR_SUCCESS. Note that this is not an error code; XR_SUCCEEDED(XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED) is true.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID if no image has been acquired by calling xrAcquireSwapchainImage.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID

The XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo structure describes a swapchain image wait operation. It is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrDuration                  timeout;
} XrSwapchainImageWaitInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • timeout indicates how many nanoseconds the call should block waiting for the image to become available for writing.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_WAIT_INFO

  • next must be NULL

Once an application is done writing to a swapchain image, it is released. xrReleaseSwapchainImage will implicitly release the oldest swapchain image which has been acquired. The swapchain image must have been successfully waited on before it is released. xrEndFrame will use the most recently released swapchain image. In each frame submitted to the compositor only one image index from each swapchain will be used. Note that in case the swapchain contains 2D image arrays, one array is referenced per swapchain index and thus the whole image array can be used in one frame.

The xrReleaseSwapchainImage function is defined as:

XrResult xrReleaseSwapchainImage(
    XrSwapchain                                 swapchain,
    const XrSwapchainImageReleaseInfo*          releaseInfo);
Parameter Descriptions
  • swapchain is the XrSwapchain from which to release an image.

  • releaseInfo is for extensibility purposes.

If the swapchain was created with the XR_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_STATIC_IMAGE_BIT set in XrSwapchainCreateInfo::createFlags structure, this function must not have been previously called for this swapchain.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID if no image has been waited on by calling xrWaitSwapchainImage.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID

The XrSwapchainImageReleaseInfo structure is intended for extensibility purposes. It is defined as as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageReleaseInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrSwapchainImageReleaseInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_RELEASE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

10.2. View and Projection State

An application uses xrLocateViews to retrieve the viewer pose and projection parameters needed to render each composition view returned by xrEnumerateViewConfigurationViews.

The xrLocateViews function is defined as:

XrResult xrLocateViews(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrViewLocateInfo*                     viewLocateInfo,
    XrViewState*                                viewState,
    uint32_t                                    viewCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   viewCountOutput,
    XrView*                                     views);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to the provided XrSession.

  • viewLocateInfo is a pointer to a valid XrViewLocateInfo structure.

  • viewState is the output structure with the viewer state information.

  • viewCapacityInput is an input parameter which specifies the capacity of the views array. The required capacity is no more than XrSystemGraphicsProperties::maxViewCount

  • viewCountOutput is an output parameter which identifies the valid count of views.

  • views is an array of XrView.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required views size.

Valid Usage
  • displayTime should be a valid time in the future.

The function xrLocateViews returns the view and projection info for a particular display time. This time is typically the XrFrameState::predictedDisplayTime for a given frame. Repeatedly calling xrLocateViews with the same time may not necessarily return the same result. Instead the prediction gets increasingly accurate as the function is called closer to the given time for which a prediction is made. This allows an application to get the predicted views as late as possible in its pipeline to get the least amount of latency and prediction error.

xrLocateViews returns an array of XrView elements, one for each view of the running session’s active view configuration, along with an XrViewState containing additional state data shared across all views for the primary viewer. The eye each view corresponds to is statically defined in XrViewConfigurationType in case the application wants to apply eye-specific rendering traits. The XrViewState and XrView member data may change on subsequent calls to xrLocateViews, and so applications must not assume it to be constant.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • viewLocateInfo must be a pointer to a valid XrViewLocateInfo structure

  • viewState must be a pointer to an XrViewState structure

  • If viewCapacityInput is not 0, viewCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If viewCountOutput is not NULL, viewCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If viewCapacityInput is not 0, views must be a pointer to an array of viewCapacityInput XrView structures

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrViewLocateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrViewLocateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrTime                      displayTime;
    XrSpace                     space;
} XrViewLocateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • displayTime is the time for which the view poses are predicted.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the pose in each XrView is expressed.

The XrViewLocateInfo structure contains the display time and space used to locate the view XrView structures.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_VIEW_LOCATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • space must be a valid XrSpace handle

The XrView structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrView {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrPosef               pose;
    XrFovf                fov;
} XrView;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • pose is an XrPosef defining the location and orientation of the view in the space specified by the xrLocateViews function.

  • fov is the XrFovf for the four sides of the projection.

The XrView structure contains view pose and projection state necessary to render a single view in the view configuration.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_VIEW

  • next must be NULL

The XrViewState structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrViewState {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrViewStateFlags      viewStateFlags;
} XrViewState;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • viewStateFlags is a bitmask of XrViewStateFlagBits indicating state that spans all views.

The XrViewState contains additional view state from xrLocateViews common to all views of the active view configuration.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_VIEW_STATE

  • next must be NULL

  • viewStateFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrViewStateFlagBits values

The XrViewStateFlags specifies the validity and quality of the corresponding XrView array returned by xrLocateViews.

Flags include:

// Flag bits for XrViewStateFlags
static const XrViewStateFlags XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrViewStateFlags XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_VALID_BIT = 0x00000002;
static const XrViewStateFlags XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT = 0x00000004;
static const XrViewStateFlags XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT = 0x00000008;
Flag Descriptions
  • XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT indicates whether all XrView orientations contain valid data. XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT should generally remain set when this bit is set for views on a tracked headset or handheld device.

  • XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_VALID_BIT indicates whether all XrView positions contain valid data. When a view loses tracking, runtimes should continue to provide valid but untracked view position values that are inferred or last-known, so long as it’s still meaningful for the application to render content using that position, clearing XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT until tracking is recovered.

  • XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_TRACKED_BIT indicates whether all XrView orientations represent an actively tracked orientation. This bit should generally remain set when XR_VIEW_STATE_ORIENTATION_VALID_BIT is set for views on a tracked headset or handheld device.

  • XR_VIEW_STATE_POSITION_TRACKED_BIT indicates whether all XrView positions represent an actively tracked position. When a view loses tracking, runtimes should continue to provide valid but untracked view position values that are inferred or last-known, e.g. based on neck model updates, inertial dead reckoning, or a last-known position, so long as it’s still meaningful for the application to render content using that position.

10.2.1. IPD / IAD / ER

The Inter Pupillary Distance (IPD), the distance between the user’s eyes, the Inter Axial Distance (IAD), the distance between the lenses, and the Eye Relief (ER), the distance from the pupil of the eye to the nearest surface of the lens, are all properties of the user and/or a typical VR headset.

ipd
Figure 3. Inter Pupillary Distance

On some headsets the IAD and/or the ER can be dynamically adjusted at run-time. The application, however, is not explicitly exposed to these values. CAVE-like VR systems do not use lenses and are not concerned with the IAD and ER, in which case exposing these values to the application makes no sense.

Instead, with a predicted head pose, the application gets a view pose for each eye, the direction in which each eye is looking, and the suggested FOV for each eye from which the application can trivially derive a projection matrix. It is important to get all this data as an atomic package with the same prediction for the same time, in particular when using a VR headset that allows the IAD and/or ER to be adjusted at run-time.

10.3. Display Timing

Instead of just using the latest tracking data, an application uses predicted tracking data for the middle of the time period during which the new swapchains will be displayed. The function xrWaitFrame returns a predicted display time for the time that the runtime predicts the swapchain images will be displayed. The application should use the predicted display time when requesting space relationships and view poses for rendering.

xrEndFrame may return immediately to the application, but xrWaitFrame will block for an amount of time that depends on throttling of the application by the runtime. There is no strong coupling between a specific call to xrWaitFrame, and a specific frame description in xrEndFrame. However, XrFrameEndInfo does include a display time, which should be computed using values returned by xrWaitFrame. The runtime may affect this computation by changing the return values of xrWaitFrame in response to feedback from frame submission and completion times in xrEndFrame. This results in a consistent predicted display time at every stage in the engine pipeline without being affected by oscillation in a deep threaded pipeline. Note that, if the application has multiple pipeline stages, the application must pass the predicted display time through its pipeline, as xrWaitFrame should not be called more than once per frame. However, the runtime should be robust against variations in the timing of calls to xrWaitFrame, since a pipelined system may call xrWaitFrame on a separate thread from xrBeginFrame and xrEndFrame without any synchronization guarantees.

An accurate predicted display time is very important to avoid black pull-in by reprojection and to reduce motion judder in case the runtime does not implement a translational reprojection. Reprojection should never display images before the display refresh period they were predicted for, even if they are completed early, because this will cause motion judder just the same. In other words, the better the predicted display time, the less latency experienced by the user. The engine simulation also needs to advance based on the time it will be displayed. Every stage in the engine pipeline should use the exact same predicted display time for one particular frame. An accurate and consistent predicted display time across all stages and threads in the engine pipeline is important to avoid object motion judder.

10.4. Frame Waiting

An application synchronizes its rendering loop to the compositor by calling xrWaitFrame.

The xrWaitFrame function is defined as:

XrResult xrWaitFrame(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrFrameWaitInfo*                      frameWaitInfo,
    XrFrameState*                               frameState);
Parameter Descriptions

If a frame submitted to xrEndFrame is consumed by the compositor before its target display time, a subsequent call to xrWaitFrame must block the caller until the start of the next rendering interval after the frame’s target display time as determined by the runtime.

If a frame submitted to xrEndFrame misses its target display time, a subsequent call to xrWaitFrame must block the caller until that frame is consumed by the compositor, at which point it must return immediately.

If no frame has been submitted to xrEndFrame since any prior call to xrWaitFrame, a subsequent call to xrWaitFrame must block the caller until the start of the next rendering interval time as determined by the runtime.

The runtime may dynamically adjust the start time of the rendering interval relative to the display hardware’s refresh cycle to minimize graphics processor contention between the application and the compositor.

xrWaitFrame must be callable from any thread, including a different thread than xrBeginFrame/xrEndFrame are being called from.

Calling xrWaitFrame must be externally synchronized by the application, concurrent calls may result in undefined behavior.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING if session is not in the XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING, XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE or XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED XrSessionState.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • If frameWaitInfo is not NULL, frameWaitInfo must be a pointer to a valid XrFrameWaitInfo structure

  • frameState must be a pointer to an XrFrameState structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrFrameWaitInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrFrameWaitInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrFrameWaitInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

Because this structure only exists to support extension-specific structures, xrWaitFrame will accept a NULL argument for frameWaitInfo for applications that are not using any relevant extensions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_FRAME_WAIT_INFO

  • next must be NULL

The XrFrameState structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrFrameState {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrTime                predictedDisplayTime;
    XrDuration            predictedDisplayPeriod;
} XrFrameState;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • predictedDisplayTime is the anticipated display XrTime for the next application-generated frame.

  • predictedDisplayPeriod is the XrDuration of the display period for the next application-generated frame, for use in predicting display times beyond the next one.

XrFrameState describes the time at which the next frame submitted to xrEndFrame will be displayed to the user. predictedDisplayTime must refer to the midpoint of the interval during which the frame is displayed. The runtime may report a different predictedDisplayPeriod from the hardware’s refresh cycle when interpolating submitted frames.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_FRAME_STATE

  • next must be NULL

10.5. Frame Submission

Every application must call xrBeginFrame before calling xrEndFrame, and should call xrEndFrame before calling xrBeginFrame again. Calling xrEndFrame again without a prior call toxrBeginFrame will result in XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID being returned by xrEndFrame. An application may call xrBeginFrame again if the prior xrEndFrame fails or if the application wishes to discard an in-progress frame. Calling xrBeginFrame again with no intervening xrEndFrame call will result in the success code XR_FRAME_DISCARDED being returned from xrBeginFrame. In this case it is assumed that the xrBeginFrame refers to the next frame and the previously begun frame is forfeited by the application. Applications should call xrBeginFrame right before executing any graphics device work for a given frame, as opposed to calling it afterwards. The runtime must only compose frames whose xrBeginFrame and xrEndFrame both return success codes. While xrBeginFrame and xrEndFrame do not need to be called on the same thread, the application must handle synchronization if they are called on separate threads.

The xrBeginFrame function is defined as:

XrResult xrBeginFrame(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrFrameBeginInfo*                     frameBeginInfo);
Parameter Descriptions

xrBeginFrame is called prior to the the start of frame rendering.

The runtime must return the success code XR_FRAME_DISCARDED if a prior xrBeginFrame has been called without an intervening call to xrEndFrame.

The runtime may return the success code XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE if it determines that the current frame will not be visible. In this case the application may elect to omit rendering work for the frame, but should still call xrEndFrame.

The runtime must consider the frame in-progress and ready for an xrEndFrame call if a success code is returned.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING if session is not in the XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING, XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE or XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED XrSessionState.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • If frameBeginInfo is not NULL, frameBeginInfo must be a pointer to a valid XrFrameBeginInfo structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

  • XR_FRAME_DISCARDED

  • XR_SESSION_VISIBILITY_UNAVAILABLE

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrFrameBeginInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrFrameBeginInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrFrameBeginInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

Because this structure only exists to support extension-specific structures, xrBeginFrame will accept a NULL argument for frameBeginInfo for applications that are not using any relevant extensions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_FRAME_BEGIN_INFO

  • next must be NULL

The xrEndFrame function is defined as:

XrResult xrEndFrame(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrFrameEndInfo*                       frameEndInfo);
Parameter Descriptions

Every call to xrEndFrame must be preceded by a successful call to xrBeginFrame. Failure to do so will result in XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID being returned by xrEndFrame. XrFrameEndInfo may reference swapchains into which the application has rendered for this frame. From each XrSwapchain only one image index is implicitly referenced per frame, the one corresponding to the last call to xrReleaseSwapchainImage. However, a specific swapchain (and by extension a specific swapchain image index) may be referenced in XrFrameEndInfo multiple times. This can be used for example to render a side by side image into a single swapchain image and referencing it twice with differing image rectangles in different layers.

XR_ERROR_LAYER_INVALID will be returned if an unknown or unsupported layer type is passed as one of the XrFrameEndInfo::layers.

XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED will be returned if XrFrameEndInfo::layerCount exceeds XrSystemGraphicsProperties::maxLayerCount or if the runtime is unable to composite the specified layers due to resource constraints.

XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_RECT_INVALID will be returned if XrFrameEndInfo::layers contains a composition layer which references pixels outside of the associated swapchain image.

XR_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_UNSUPPORTED will be returned if XrFrameEndInfo::environmentBlendMode is not supported.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING if session is not in the XR_SESSION_STATE_RUNNING, XR_SESSION_STATE_VISIBLE or XR_SESSION_STATE_FOCUSED XrSessionState.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID if any pose passed in XrFrameEndInfo contains non-unit quaternions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_CALL_ORDER_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_LAYER_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_RECT_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_POSE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_UNSUPPORTED

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

The XrFrameEndInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrFrameEndInfo {
    XrStructureType                               type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS                      next;
    XrTime                                        displayTime;
    XrEnvironmentBlendMode                        environmentBlendMode;
    uint32_t                                      layerCount;
    const XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader* const*    layers;
} XrFrameEndInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • displayTime is the XrTime at which this frame should be displayed.

  • environmentBlendMode is the XrEnvironmentBlendMode value representing the desired environment blend mode for this frame.

  • layerCount is the number of composition layers in this frame. The maximum supported layer count is identified by XrSystemGraphicsProperties::maxLayerCount. If layerCount is greater than the maximum supported layer count then XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED is returned. The runtime must support at least XR_MIN_COMPOSITION_LAYERS_SUPPORTED layers.

  • layers is a pointer to an array of XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader pointers.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_FRAME_END_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • environmentBlendMode must be a valid XrEnvironmentBlendMode value

  • If layerCount is not 0, layerCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If layerCount is not 0, layers must be a pointer to an array of layerCount valid XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader structures

All layers submitted to xrEndFrame will be presented to the primary view configuration of the running session unless otherwise specified by extension functionality.

10.5.1. Frame Rate

For every application-generated frame, the application may call xrEndFrame to submit the application-generated composition layers. In addition, the application must call xrWaitFrame when the application is ready to begin preparing the next set of frame layers. xrEndFrame may return immediately to the application, but xrWaitFrame will block for an amount of time that depends on throttling of the application by the runtime. The earliest the runtime will return from xrWaitFrame is when it determines that the application should start drawing the next frame.

10.5.2. Compositing

Composition layers are submitted by the application via the xrEndFrame call. All composition layers to be drawn must be submitted with every xrEndFrame call. A layer that is omitted in this call will not be drawn by the runtime layer compositor. All views associated with projection layers must be supplied or XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE will be returned by xrEndFrame.

Composition layers are drawn in the same order as they are specified in via XrFrameEndInfo, with the 0th layer drawn first. Layers are drawn with a "painter’s algorithm," with each successive layer potentially overwriting the destination layers whether or not the new layers are virtually closer to the viewer.

10.5.3. Composition Layer Flags

The XrCompositionLayerFlagBits bitfield is specified as:

// Flag bits for XrCompositionLayerFlags
static const XrCompositionLayerFlags XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CORRECT_CHROMATIC_ABERRATION_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrCompositionLayerFlags XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_BLEND_TEXTURE_SOURCE_ALPHA_BIT = 0x00000002;

XrCompositionLayerFlags specify options for individual composition layers.

Flag Descriptions
  • XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CORRECT_CHROMATIC_ABERRATION_BIT enables optical chromatic aberration correction for the layer when not done by default.

  • XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_BLEND_TEXTURE_SOURCE_ALPHA_BIT enables the layer’s texture alpha channel.

10.5.4. Composition Layer Blending

All types of composition layers are subject to blending with other layers. Blending of layers can be controlled by layer per-texel source alpha. Destination alpha is not supported. Layer swapchain textures may contain an alpha channel, depending on the image format. If a submitted swapchain’s texture format includes an alpha channel, and if the XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_BLEND_TEXTURE_SOURCE_ALPHA_BIT is enabled, then the layer composition uses the alpha channel to modulate the blending of the swapchain texture against the destination. Swapchain texture color channels must be encoded with premultiplied alpha. If the XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_BLEND_TEXTURE_SOURCE_ALPHA_BIT is enabled and the swapchain texture has no alpha channel then the bit is effectively ignored and the texture is treated as if it is opaque (has alpha channel values of one). If the XR_COMPOSITION_LAYER_BLEND_TEXTURE_SOURCE_ALPHA_BIT is not enabled, then the swapchain texture is treated as if each texel has an alpha value of 1, regardless of the presence of a texture swapchain alpha. Texture color and alpha channels are clamped to a range of [0.0, 1.0] as input to the blending operation.

The blending operation between the source and destination is an addition. The blending factor for the source texture color and alpha channels is one (1, 1, 1, 1). The blending factor for the destination texture color and alpha channels is one minus source alpha (1-SRC_ALPHA). The result is:

Destination red   = (source red   + (destination red   * (1 - source alpha))
Destination green = (source green + (destination green * (1 - source alpha))
Destination blue  = (source blue  + (destination blue  * (1 - source alpha))

Textures that use color encoding other than RGB (e.g. YUV) are blended in a way equivalent to if the encoding was converted to RGB.

10.5.5. Composition Layer Behavior

The behavior of xrEndFrame with respect to layers includes the following behavior, evaluated in the order given:

  • xrEndFrame with a layer count of 0 results in a return of XR_SUCCESS and the VR display cleared.

  • xrEndFrame with a layer count greater than XrSystemGraphicsProperties::maxLayerCount results in a return of XR_ERROR_LAYER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED.

  • xrEndFrame with any NULL pointer to XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader layer entries is invalid and results in a return of XR_ERROR_LAYER_INVALID.

  • xrEndFrame with any NULL image is invalid and results in a return of XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID.

  • xrEndFrame with an empty layer imageRect results in XR_SUCCESS but nothing drawn.

  • xrEndFrame with a negatively sized imageRect results in XR_ERROR_SWAPCHAIN_RECT_INVALID.

10.5.6. Composition Layer Types

Composition layers allow an application to offload the composition of the final image to a runtime-supplied compositor. This reduces the application’s rendering complexity since details such as frame-rate interpolation and distortion correction can be performed by the runtime. The core specification defines XrCompositionLayerProjection and XrCompositionLayerQuad layer types.

The projection layer type represents planar projected images rendered from the eye point of each eye using a perspective projection. This layer type is typically use to render the virtual world from the user’s perspective.

The quad layer type describes a posable planar rectangle in the virtual world for displaying two-dimensional content. Quad layers can subtend a smaller portion of the display’s field of view, allowing a better match between the resolutions of the XrSwapchain image and footprint of that image in the final composition. This improves legibility for user interface elements or heads-up displays and allows optimal sampling during any composition distortion corrections the runtime might employ.

The classes below describe the layer types in the layer composition system.

The XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags     layerFlags;
    XrSpace                     space;
} XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerFlags is a bitmask of XrCompositionLayerFlagBits describing flags to apply to the layer.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the layer will be kept stable over time.

All composition layer structures begin with the elements described in the XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader. The XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader struct is not intended to be directly used, but forms a basis for defining current and future structures containing composition layer information. The XrFrameEndInfo structure contains an array of pointers to these polymorphic header structures. All composition layer type pointers must be type-castable as an XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader pointer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be one of the following XrStructureType values: XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_PROJECTION, XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_QUAD, XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CUBE_KHR, XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CYLINDER_KHR, XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_EQUIRECT_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • layerFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrCompositionLayerFlagBits values

  • space must be a valid XrSpace handle

Many composition layer structures also contain one or more references to generic layer data stored in an XrSwapchainSubImage structure.

The XrSwapchainSubImage structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainSubImage {
    XrSwapchain    swapchain;
    XrRect2Di      imageRect;
    uint32_t       imageArrayIndex;
} XrSwapchainSubImage;
Member Descriptions
  • swapchain is the XrSwapchain to be displayed.

  • imageRect is an XrRect2Di representing the valid portion of the image to use, in pixels. Note that the compositor may bleed in pixels from outside the bounds in some cases, for instance due to mipmapping.

  • imageArrayIndex is the image array index, with 0 meaning the first or only array element.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • swapchain must be a valid XrSwapchain handle

  • imageArrayIndex must be a valid uint32_t value

Projection Composition

The XrCompositionLayerProjection layer represents planar projected images rendered from the eye point of each eye using a standard perspective projection.

The XrCompositionLayerProjection structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerProjection {
    XrStructureType                            type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS                   next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags                    layerFlags;
    XrSpace                                    space;
    uint32_t                                   viewCount;
    const XrCompositionLayerProjectionView*    views;
} XrCompositionLayerProjection;
Member Descriptions
Note

Because a runtime may reproject the layer over time, a projection layer should specify an XrSpace in which to maximize stability of the layer content. For example, a projection layer containing world-locked content should use a XrSpace which is also world-locked, such as the LOCAL or STAGE reference spaces. In the case that the projection layer should be head-locked, such as a heads up display, the VIEW reference space would provide the highest quality layer reprojection.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_PROJECTION

  • next must be NULL

  • layerFlags must be 0 or a valid combination of XrCompositionLayerFlagBits values

  • space must be a valid XrSpace handle

  • viewCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • views must be a pointer to an array of viewCount valid XrCompositionLayerProjectionView structures

  • viewCount must be greater than 0

The XrCompositionLayerProjectionView structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerProjectionView {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrPosef                     pose;
    XrFovf                      fov;
    XrSwapchainSubImage         subImage;
} XrCompositionLayerProjectionView;
Member Descriptions

The count and order of view poses submitted with XrCompositionLayerProjection must be the same order as that returned by xrLocateViews. The XrCompositionLayerProjectionView::pose and XrCompositionLayerProjectionView::fov should almost always derive from XrView::pose and XrView::fov as found in the xrLocateViews::views array. However, applications may submit an XrCompositionLayerProjectionView which has a different view or FOV than that from xrLocateViews. In this case, the runtime will map the view and FOV to the system display appropriately. In the case that two submitted views within a single layer overlap, they are composited in view array order. In the case that submitted projection layers overlap, they are composited in layer array order.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Quad Layer Composition

The XrCompositionLayerQuad structure defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerQuad {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags     layerFlags;
    XrSpace                     space;
    XrEyeVisibility             eyeVisibility;
    XrSwapchainSubImage         subImage;
    XrPosef                     pose;
    XrVector2f                  size;
} XrCompositionLayerQuad;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerFlags is a bitmask of XrCompositionLayerFlagBits describing flags to apply to the layer.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the pose of the quad layer is evaluated over time.

  • eyeVisibility is the XrEyeVisibility for this layer.

  • subImage is the image layer XrSwapchainSubImage to use.

  • pose is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the quad in the reference frame of the space.

  • size is the x and y size of the quad.

The XrCompositionLayerQuad layer is useful for user interface elements or 2D content rendered into the virtual world. The layer’s XrSwapchainSubImage::swapchain image is applied to a quad in the virtual world space. Only front face of the quad surface is visible; the back face is not visible and must not be drawn by the runtime. A quad layer has no thickness; it is a two-dimensional object positioned and oriented in 3D space. The position of a quad refers to the center of the quad within the given XrSpace. The orientation of the quad refers to the orientation of the normal vector from the front face. The size of a quad refers to the quad’s size in the x-y plane of the given XrSpace’s coordinate system. A quad with a position of {0,0,0}, rotation of {0,0,0,1} (no rotation), and a size of {1,1} refers to a 1 meter x 1 meter quad centered at {0,0,0} with its front face normal vector coinciding with the +z axis.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrEyeVisibility enum selects which of the viewer’s eyes to display a layer to:

typedef enum XrEyeVisibility {
    XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_BOTH = 0,
    XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_LEFT = 1,
    XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_RIGHT = 2,
    XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrEyeVisibility;
Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_BOTH displays the layer to both eyes.

  • XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_LEFT displays the layer to the viewer’s physical left eye.

  • XR_EYE_VISIBILITY_RIGHT displays the layer to the viewer’s physical right eye.

10.5.7. Environment Blend Mode

After the compositor has blended and flattened all layers (including any layers added by the runtime itself), it will then present this image to the system’s display. The composited image will then blend with the user’s view of the physical world behind the displays in one of three modes, based on the application’s chosen environment blend mode. VR applications will generally choose the XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE blend mode, while AR applications will generally choose either the XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE or XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND mode.

Applications select their environment blend mode each frame as part of their call to xrEndFrame. The application can inspect the set of supported environment blend modes for a given system using xrEnumerateEnvironmentBlendModes, and prepare their assets and rendering techniques differently based on the blend mode they choose. For example, a black shadow rendered using the XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE blend mode will appear transparent, and so an app in that mode may render a glow as a grounding effect around the black shadow to ensure the shadow can be seen. Similarly, an app designed for XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE rendering may choose to leave garbage in their alpha channel as a side effect of a rendering optimization, but this garbage would appear as visible display artifacts if the environment blend mode was instead XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND.

Not all systems will support all environment blend modes. For example, a VR headset may not support the XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE or XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND modes unless it has video passthrough, while an AR headset with an additive display may not support the the XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE or XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND modes.

For devices that can support multiple environment blend modes, such as AR phones with video passthrough, the runtime may optimize power consumption on the device in response to the environment blend mode that the app chooses each frame. For example, if an app on a video passthrough phone knows that it is currently rendering a 360-degree background covering all screen pixels, it can submit frames with an environment blend mode of XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE, saving the runtime the cost of compositing a camera-based underlay of the physical world behind the app’s layers.

The xrEnumerateEnvironmentBlendModes function is defined as follows.

XrResult xrEnumerateEnvironmentBlendModes(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    uint32_t                                    environmentBlendModeCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   environmentBlendModeCountOutput,
    XrEnvironmentBlendMode*                     environmentBlendModes);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance from which systemId was retrieved.

  • systemId is the XrSystemId whose environment blend modes will be enumerated.

  • environmentBlendModeCapacityInput is the capacity of the environmentBlendModes array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • environmentBlendModeCountOutput is a pointer to the count of environmentBlendModes written, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that environmentBlendModeCapacityInput is 0.

  • environmentBlendModes is a pointer to an array of XrEnvironmentBlendMode values, but can be NULL if environmentBlendModeCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required environmentBlendModes size.

Enumerates the set of environment blend modes that this runtime supports for a given system.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • If environmentBlendModeCapacityInput is not 0, environmentBlendModeCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If environmentBlendModeCountOutput is not NULL, environmentBlendModeCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If environmentBlendModeCapacityInput is not 0, environmentBlendModes must be a pointer to an array of environmentBlendModeCapacityInput XrEnvironmentBlendMode values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

The possible blend modes are specified by the XrEnvironmentBlendMode enumeration:

typedef enum XrEnvironmentBlendMode {
    XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE = 1,
    XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE = 2,
    XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND = 3,
    XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrEnvironmentBlendMode;
Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_OPAQUE. The composition layers will be displayed with no view of the physical world behind them. The composited image will be interpreted as an RGB image, ignoring the composited alpha channel. This is the typical mode for VR experiences, although this mode can also be supported on devices that support video passthrough.

  • XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ADDITIVE. The composition layers will be additively blended with the real world behind the display. The composited image will be interpreted as an RGB image, ignoring the composited alpha channel during the additive blending. This will cause black composited pixels to appear transparent. This is the typical mode for an AR experience on a see-through headset with an additive display, although this mode can also be supported on devices that support video passthrough.

  • XR_ENVIRONMENT_BLEND_MODE_ALPHA_BLEND. The composition layers will be alpha-blended with the real world behind the display. The composited image will be interpreted as an RGBA image, with the composited alpha channel determining each pixel’s level of blending with the real world behind the display. This is the typical mode for an AR experience on a phone or headset that supports video passthrough.

11. Input and Haptics

11.1. Action Overview

OpenXR applications communicate with input devices using XrActions. Actions are created at initialization time and later used to request input device state, create action spaces, or control haptic events. Input action handles represent 'actions' that the game is interested in obtaining the state of, not direct input device hardware. For example, instead of the application directly querying the state of the A button when interacting with a menu, an OpenXR application instead creates a menu_select action at startup then asks OpenXR for the state of the action.

The application recommends that the action be assigned to a specific input source on the input device for a known interaction profile, but runtimes have the ability to choose a different control depending on user preference, input device availability, or any other reason. This abstraction ensures that applications can run on a wide variety of input hardware and maximize user accessibility.

Example usage:

XrInstance instance; // previously initialized
XrSession session; // previously initialized

// Create an action set
XrActionSetCreateInfo actionSetInfo = {0};
actionSetInfo.type = XR_TYPE_ACTION_SET_CREATE_INFO;
strcpy(actionSetInfo.actionSetName, "gameplay" );
strcpy(actionSetInfo.localizedActionSetName, "Gameplay" );
XrActionSet inGameActionSet;
CHK_XR(xrCreateActionSet( session, &actionSetInfo, &inGameActionSet ));

// create a "teleport" input action
XrActionCreateInfo actioninfo = {0};
actioninfo.type = XR_TYPE_ACTION_CREATE_INFO;
strcpy(actioninfo.actionName, "teleport" );
actioninfo.actionType = XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
strcpy(actioninfo.localizedActionName, "Teleport" );

XrAction teleportAction;
CHK_XR(xrCreateAction( inGameActionSet, &actioninfo, &teleportAction ));

// create a "player_hit" output action
XrActionCreateInfo hapticsactioninfo = {0};
hapticsactioninfo.type = XR_TYPE_ACTION_CREATE_INFO;
strcpy(hapticsactioninfo.actionName, "player_hit" );
hapticsactioninfo.actionType = XR_OUTPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VIBRATION;
strcpy(hapticsactioninfo.localizedActionName, "Player hit" );

XrAction hapticsAction;
CHK_XR(xrCreateAction( inGameActionSet, &hapticsactioninfo, &hapticsAction ));

XrPath triggerClickPath, hapticPath;
CHK_XR(xrStringToPath( instance, "/user/hand/right/input/trigger/click", &triggerClickPath ));
CHK_XR(xrStringToPath( instance, "/user/hand/right/output/haptic", &hapticPath ))

XrPath interactionProfilePath;
CHK_XR(xrStringToPath( instance, "/interaction_profiles/vendor_x/profile_x", &interactionProfilePath ));

XrActionSuggestedBinding bindings[2];
bindings[0].action = teleportAction;
bindings[0].binding = triggerClickPath;
bindings[1].action = hapticsAction;
bindings[1].binding = hapticPath;

XrInteractionProfileSuggestedBinding suggestedBindings = {0};
suggestedBindings.type = XR_TYPE_INTERACTION_PROFILE_SUGGESTED_BINDING;
suggestedBindings.interactionProfile = interactionProfilePath;
suggestedBindings.suggestedBindings = bindings;
suggestedBindings.countSuggestedBindings = 2;

CHK_XR(xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings( session, &suggestedBindings ));

// application main loop
while( 1 )
{
	// sync action data
	XrActiveActionSet activeActionSet = {0};
	activeActionSet.type = XR_TYPE_ACTIVE_ACTION_SET;
	activeActionSet.actionSet = inGameActionSet;
	activeActionSet.subactionPath = XR_NULL_PATH;
	CHK_XR(xrSyncActionData( session, 1, &activeActionSet) );

	// query input action state
	XrActionStateBoolean teleportState;
	CHK_XR(xrGetActionStateBoolean( teleportAction, 0, NULL, &teleportState ));

	if ( teleportState.changedSinceLastSync && teleportState.currentState )
	{
		// fire haptics using output action
		XrHapticVibration vibration = {0};
		vibration.type = XR_TYPE_HAPTIC_VIBRATION;
		vibration.amplitude = 0.5;
		vibration.duration = 300;
		vibration.frequency = 3000;
		CHK_XR(xrApplyHapticFeedback( hapticsAction, 0, NULL, (const XrHapticBaseHeader*)&vibration ));
	}
}

11.2. Action Sets

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrActionSet)

Action sets are application-defined collections of actions. They are enabled or disabled by the application via xrSyncActionData depending on the current application context. For example, a game may have one set of actions that apply to controlling a character and another set for navigating a menu system. When these actions are grouped into two XrActionSet handles they can be selectively enabled and disabled using a single function call.

Actions are passed a handle to their XrActionSet when they are created.

Action sets are created by calling xrCreateActionSet:

The xrCreateActionSet function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateActionSet(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrActionSetCreateInfo*                createInfo,
    XrActionSet*                                actionSet);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to an XrSession.

  • createInfo is a pointer to a valid XrActionSetCreateInfo structure that defines the action set being created.

  • actionSet is a pointer to an XrActionSet where the created action set is returned.

The xrCreateActionSet function creates an action set and returns a handle to the created action set. If session is running when this call is made, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING. Additional error codes are described with XrActionSetCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED

  • XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID

The XrActionSetCreateInfo is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionSetCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    char                        actionSetName[XR_MAX_ACTION_SET_NAME_SIZE];
    char                        localizedActionSetName[XR_MAX_LOCALIZED_ACTION_SET_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t                    priority;
} XrActionSetCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • actionSetName is an array containing a NULL terminated non-empty string with the name of this action set.

  • localizedActionSetName is an array containing a NULL terminated UTF-8 string that can be presented to the user as a description of the action set. This string should be presented in the system’s current active locale.

  • priority defines which action sets' actions are active on a given input source when actions on multiple active action sets are bound to the same input source. Larger priority numbers take precedence over smaller priority numbers.

When multiple actions are bound to the same input source, the priority of each action set determines which bindings are suppressed. Runtimes must ignore bindings from action sets with a lower priority number if those specific bindings are also present in active actions within a higher priority action set. If multiple action sets with the same priority are bound to the same input source and that is the highest priority number, runtimes must process all those bindings at the same time.

Two actions are considered to be bound to the same input source if they use the same identifier and optional location path segments, even if they have different component segments.

When runtimes are ignoring bindings because of priority, they must treat the binding to that input source as though they do not exist. That means the isActive field must be false when retrieving action data, and that the runtime must not provide any visual, haptic, or other feedback related to the binding of that action to that input source. Other actions in the same action set which are bound to input sources that do not collide are not affected and are processed as normal.

If actionSetName or localizedActionSetName are empty strings, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID. If actionSetName or localizedActionSetName are duplicates of the corresponding field for any existing action set in the specified session, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED. If actionSetName contains characters which are not allowed in a single level of a well-formed path string, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_SET_CREATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • actionSetName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_ACTION_SET_NAME_SIZE

  • localizedActionSetName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_LOCALIZED_ACTION_SET_NAME_SIZE

  • priority must be a valid uint32_t value

The xrDestroyActionSet function is defined as:

XrResult xrDestroyActionSet(
    XrActionSet                                 actionSet);
Parameter Descriptions
  • actionSet is the action set to destroy.

Action sets can be destroyed by calling xrDestroyActionSet. When an action set is destroyed, all actions of that action set are also destroyed. If the application subsequently attempts to destroy one of these actions via xrDestroyAction then XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

11.3. Creating Actions

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrAction)

Action handles are used to refer to individual actions when retrieving action data, creating action spaces, or sending haptic events.

The xrCreateAction function is defined as:

XrResult xrCreateAction(
    XrActionSet                                 actionSet,
    const XrActionCreateInfo*                   createInfo,
    XrAction*                                   action);
Parameter Descriptions
  • actionSet is a handle to an XrActionSet.

  • createInfo is a pointer to a valid XrActionCreateInfo structure that defines the action being created.

  • action is a pointer to an XrAction where the created action is returned.

xrCreateAction creates an action and returns its handle. If the session containing actionSet is running when this call is made, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED

  • XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID

The XrActionCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionCreateInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    char                        actionName[XR_MAX_ACTION_NAME_SIZE];
    XrActionType                actionType;
    uint32_t                    countSubactionPaths;
    const XrPath*               subactionPaths;
    char                        localizedActionName[XR_MAX_LOCALIZED_ACTION_NAME_SIZE];
} XrActionCreateInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • actionName is an array containing a NULL terminated string with the name of this action.

  • actionType is the XrActionType of the action to be created.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of XrPath or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that the application intends to query action state for.

  • localizedActionName is an array containing a NULL terminated UTF-8 string that can be presented to the user as a description of the action. This string should be in the system’s current active locale.

Subaction paths are a mechanism that enables applications to use the same action name and handle on multiple devices. Applications can query action state using subaction paths that differentiate data coming from each device. This allows the runtime to group logically equivalent actions together in system UI. For instance, an application could create a single pick_up action with the /user/hand/left and /user/hand/right subaction paths and use the subaction paths to independently query the state of pick_up_with_left_hand and pick_up_with_right_hand.

Applications can create actions with or without the subactionPaths set to a list of paths. If this list of paths is omitted (i.e. subactionPaths is set to NULL, and countSubactionPaths is set to 0), the application is opting out of filtering action results by subaction paths and any call to get action data must also omit subaction paths.

If subactionPaths is specified and any of the following conditions are not satisfied, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID:

  • Each path provided is one of:

    • /user/head

    • /user/hand/left

    • /user/hand/right

    • /user/gamepad

    • /user

  • No path appears in the list more than once

Including /user in the list of subaction paths creates an 'other' bucket for action data to be filtered into. When /user is included in the list passed to xrGetActionState* the runtime must include data for all devices which are not included in the other subaction paths into the /user bucket. Extensions may append additional top level user paths to the above list.

The runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID in the following circumstances:

  • The application specified subaction paths at action creation and the application called xrGetActionState* or a haptic function with an empty subaction path array.

  • The application called xrGetActionState* or a haptic function with a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created.

If actionName or localizedActionName are empty strings, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_NAME_INVALID. If actionName or localizedActionName are duplicates of the corresponding field for any existing action in the specified action set, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_NAME_DUPLICATED. If actionName contains characters which are not allowed in a single level of a well-formed path string, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_FORMAT_INVALID.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_CREATE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

  • actionName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_ACTION_NAME_SIZE

  • actionType must be a valid XrActionType value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

  • localizedActionName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string whose length is less than or equal to XR_MAX_LOCALIZED_ACTION_NAME_SIZE

The XrActionType parameter takes one of the following values:

typedef enum XrActionType {
    XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_BOOLEAN = 1,
    XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR1F = 2,
    XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR2F = 3,
    XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_POSE = 4,
    XR_OUTPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VIBRATION = 100,
    XR_ACTION_TYPE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrActionType;
Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_BOOLEAN. The action can be passed to xrGetActionStateBoolean to retrieve a single boolean value.

  • XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR1F. The action can be passed to xrGetActionStateVector1f to retrieve a 1D float vector.

  • XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR2F. The action can be passed to xrGetActionStateVector2f to retrieve a 2D float vector.

  • XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_POSE. The action can can be passed to xrCreateActionSpace to create a space.

  • XR_OUTPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VIBRATION. The action can be passed to xrApplyHapticFeedback to send a haptic event to the runtime.

The xrDestroyAction function is defined as:

XrResult xrDestroyAction(
    XrAction                                    action);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the action to destroy.

Actions can be destroyed by calling xrDestroyAction. When an action is destroyed, it is removed from its associated action set. Alternatively, actions that are part of an action set are automatically destroyed when the action set is destroyed.

The runtime must ignore destroyed actions in action sets.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

11.3.1. Input Actions & Output Actions

Input actions are used to read sensors like buttons or joysticks while output actions are used for triggering haptics or motion platforms. The type of action created by xrCreateAction depends on the value of the XrActionType argument.

A given action can either be used for either input or output, but not both. Input actions are queried using one of the xrGetActionState* function calls, while output actions are set using the haptics calls. If either call is used with an action of the wrong type XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH must be returned.

11.4. Suggested Bindings

Applications usually need to provide default bindings for their actions to runtimes so that input data can be mapped appropriately to the application’s actions. Applications can do this by calling xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings for each interaction profile that the applications has default bindings for. If bindings are provided for an appropriate interaction profile, the runtime will select one and input will begin to flow. Applications can call xrGetCurrentInteractionProfile during on a running session to learn what the active interaction profile are for a top level user path. If this value ever changes, the runtime must send an XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INTERACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED event to the application to indicate that the value should be queried again.

The bindings suggested by this system are only a hint to the runtime. Some runtimes may choose to use a different device binding depending on user preference, accessibility settings, or for any other reason. If the runtime is using the values provided by suggested bindings, it must make a best effort to convert the input value to the created action and apply certain rules to that use so that suggested bindings function in the same way across runtimes.

For actions created with XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_BOOLEAN when the runtime is obeying suggested bindings: Boolean input sources are bound directly to the action. If the path is to a scalar value, a threshold must be applied to the value and values over that threshold will be true. The threshold may vary from device to device or component to component and is left as an implementation detail. If the path refers to the parent of input values instead of to an input value itself, the runtime must use …/example/path/value instead of …/example/path if it is available and apply the same thresholding that would be applied to any scalar input. If a parent path does not have a …/value subpath, the runtime must use …/click. In any other situation the runtime would need to provide an alternate binding for the action or it will be unbound.

For actions created with XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR1F when the runtime is obeying suggested bindings: If the input value specified by the path is scalar, the input value is bound directly to the vector. If the path refers to the parent of input values instead of to an input value itself, the runtime must use /example/path/value instead of …/example/path as the source of the value. If the input value is boolean, the runtime must supply 0.0 or 1.0 as a conversion of the boolean value. In any other situation, the runtime would need to provide an alternate binding for the action or it will be unbound.

For actions created with XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_VECTOR2F when the runtime is obeying suggested bindings: The suggested binding path must refer to the parent of input values instead of to the input values themselves, and that parent path must contain subpaths …/x and …/y. …/x and …/y must be bound to 'x' and 'y' of the vector, respectively. In any other situation, the runtime would need to provide an alternate binding for the action or it will be unbound.

For actions created with XR_INPUT_ACTION_TYPE_POSE when the runtime is obeying suggested bindings: Pose input sources are bound directly to the action. If the path refers to the parent of input values instead of to an input value itself, the runtime must; use …/example/path/pose instead of /example/path if it is available. In any other situation the runtime would need to provide an alternate binding for the action or it will be unbound.

The XrEventDataInteractionProfileChanged structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrEventDataInteractionProfileChanged {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrEventDataInteractionProfileChanged;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

The XrEventDataInteractionProfileChanged event is sent to the application to notify it that the active input form factor for one or more top level user paths has changed. This event must only be sent for interaction profiles that the application indicated its support for via xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings. This event must only be sent for running sessions.

The application can call xrGetCurrentInteractionProfile if it wants to change its own behavior based on the active hardware.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INTERACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED

  • next must be NULL

The function xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings is defined as:

XrResult xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrInteractionProfileSuggestedBinding* suggestedBindings);
Parameter Descriptions

xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings sets an interaction profile for which the application can provide default bindings. The application can call xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings once per interaction profile that it supports.

The application can provide any number of bindings for each action.

If the provided session is running, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING. If the application has already called xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings on this session for this interaction profile, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_BINDINGS_DUPLICATED. See suggested bindings for more details.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_RUNNING

  • XR_ERROR_BINDINGS_DUPLICATED

The XrInteractionProfileSuggestedBinding structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrInteractionProfileSuggestedBinding {
    XrStructureType                    type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS           next;
    XrPath                             interactionProfile;
    uint32_t                           countSuggestedBindings;
    const XrActionSuggestedBinding*    suggestedBindings;
} XrInteractionProfileSuggestedBinding;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • interactionProfile is the XrPath of an interaction profile.

  • countSuggestedBindings is the number of suggested bindings in the array pointed to by suggestedBindings.

  • suggestedBindings is a pointer to an array of XrActionSuggestedBinding structures that define all of the application’s suggested bindings for the specified interaction profile.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_INTERACTION_PROFILE_SUGGESTED_BINDING

  • next must be NULL

  • countSuggestedBindings must be a valid uint32_t value

  • suggestedBindings must be a pointer to an array of countSuggestedBindings valid XrActionSuggestedBinding structures

  • countSuggestedBindings must be greater than 0

The XrActionSuggestedBinding structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionSuggestedBinding {
    XrAction    action;
    XrPath      binding;
} XrActionSuggestedBinding;
Member Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction handle for an action

  • binding is the XrPath of a binding for the action specified in action. This path is any top level user path plus input source path, for example /user/hand/right/input/trigger/click. See suggested bindings for more details.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

The xrGetCurrentInteractionProfile is defined as:

XrResult xrGetCurrentInteractionProfile(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPath                                      topLevelUserPath,
    XrInteractionProfileInfo*                   interactionProfile);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the XrSession for which the application would like to retrieve the current interaction profile.

  • topLevelUserPath is the top level user path the application would like to retrieve the interaction profile for.

  • interactionProfile is a pointer to an XrInteractionProfileInfo structure to receive the current interaction profile information.

xrGetCurrentInteractionProfile asks the runtime for the active interaction profiles for a top level user path.

The runtime must return only interaction profiles for which the application has provided bindings with xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings. The runtime may return interaction profiles that do not represent physically present hardware, for example if the runtime is using a known interaction profile to bind to hardware that the application is not aware of.

If the provided session is not running, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrInteractionProfileInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrInteractionProfileInfo {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrPath                      interactionProfile;
} XrInteractionProfileInfo;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • interactionProfile is the XrPath of the interaction profile path for the topLevelUserPath used to retrieve this info, or XR_PATH_NULL if there is no active interaction profile at that top level user path.

The runtime must only include interaction profiles that the application has provided bindings for via xrSetInteractionProfileSuggestedBindings or XR_PATH_NULL. If the runtime is rebinding an interaction profile provided by the application to a device that the application did not provide bindings for, it must return the interaction profile path that it is emulating. If the runtime is unable to provide input because it cannot emulate any of the application-provided interaction profiles, it must return XR_PATH_NULL.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_INTERACTION_PROFILE_INFO

  • next must be NULL

11.5. Reading Input Action State

The current state of an input action can be obtained by calling the xrGetActionState* function call that matches the XrActionType provided when the action was created. If a mismatched call is used to retrieve the state XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH must be returned.

The results of calls to xrGetActionState* for an XrAction and set of subaction paths generally does not change between calls to xrSyncActionData. When the combination of the parent XrActionSet and subaction path for an action is passed to xrSyncActionData, the runtime must update the results from xrGetActionState* after this call with any changes to the state of the underlying hardware. When the parent action set and subaction path for an action is removed from or added to the list of active action sets passed to xrSyncActionData, the runtime must update isActive to reflect the new active state after this call. In all cases the runtime must not change the results of xrGetActionState* calls between calls to xrSyncActionData.

For any call to xrGetActionState* or haptics functions, if the parent session of the supplied XrAction is not running, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING.

When retrieving action state, lastChangeTime must be set to the runtime’s best estimate of when the physical state of the part of the device bound to that action last changed.

The changedSinceLastSync value is calculated based on the state at the previous sync and the state of the current sync. If there is no previous sync, the changedSinceLastSync value must be set to false.

The isActive value must be true whenever an action is bound and a source is providing state data for the current sync. If the action is unbound or no source is present, the isActive value must be false. For any action which is inactive, the runtime must return zero (or false) for state, false for changedSinceLastSync, and 0 for lastChangeTime.

11.5.1. Resolving a single action bound to multiple inputs or outputs

It is often the case that a single action will be bound to multiple physical inputs simultaneously. In these circumstances, the runtime must resolve the ambiguity in that multiple binding as follows:

The current state value is selected based on the type of the action:

  • Boolean actions - The current state must be the result of a boolean Or of all bound inputs

  • Vector1 and Vector2 actions - The current state must be the state of the input with the longest length

  • Pose actions - The runtime must select a single pose source when the action is created or bound and use that value consistently. The runtime should use subaction paths specified by the application to make this choice where possible.

  • Haptic actions - The runtime must send output events to all bound haptic devices

11.5.2. Boolean Actions

The xrGetActionStateBoolean function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetActionStateBoolean(
    XrAction                                    action,
    uint32_t                                    countSubactionPaths,
    const XrPath*                               subactionPaths,
    XrActionStateBoolean*                       data);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction being queried.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of paths or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that were specified when the action was created. If the array includes a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID. If this parameter is specified, the runtime must return data that originates only on the paths specified in this array.

  • data is a pointer to a valid XrActionStateBoolean into which the state will be placed.

xrGetActionStateBoolean retrieves the current state of a boolean action. See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

  • data must be a pointer to an XrActionStateBoolean structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrActionStateBoolean structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionStateBoolean {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrBool32              currentState;
    XrBool32              changedSinceLastSync;
    XrTime                lastChangeTime;
    XrBool32              isActive;
} XrActionStateBoolean;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • currentState is the current state of the action.

  • changedSinceLastSync is XR_TRUE if the value of currentState is different than it was before the most recent call to xrSyncActionData. This parameter can be combined with currentState to detect rising and falling edges since the previous call to xrSyncActionData. E.g. if both changedSinceLastSync and currentState are true then a rising edge (XR_FALSE to XR_TRUE) has taken place.

  • lastChangeTime is the XrTime in nanoseconds since this action’s value last changed.

  • isActive is XR_TRUE if and only if there exists an input source that is contributing to the current state of this action.

See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_BOOLEAN

  • next must be NULL

11.5.3. Vector Actions

The xrGetActionStateVector1f function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetActionStateVector1f(
    XrAction                                    action,
    uint32_t                                    countSubactionPaths,
    const XrPath*                               subactionPaths,
    XrActionStateVector1f*                      data);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction being queried.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of paths or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that were specified when the action was created. If the array includes a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID. If this parameter is specified, the runtime must return data that originates only on the paths specified in this array.

  • data is a pointer to a valid XrActionStateVector1f into which the state will be placed.

xrGetActionStateVector1f retrieves the current state of a one-dimensional vector action. See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

  • data must be a pointer to an XrActionStateVector1f structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrActionStateVector1f structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionStateVector1f {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    float                 currentState;
    XrBool32              changedSinceLastSync;
    XrTime                lastChangeTime;
    XrBool32              isActive;
} XrActionStateVector1f;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • currentState is the current state of the Action.

  • changedSinceLastSync is XR_TRUE if the value of currentState is different than it was before the most recent call to xrSyncActionData.

  • lastChangeTime is the XrTime in nanoseconds since this action’s value last changed.

  • isActive is XR_TRUE if and only if there exists an input source that is contributing to the current state of this action.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_VECTOR1F

  • next must be NULL

  • currentState must be a valid float value

The xrGetActionStateVector2f function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetActionStateVector2f(
    XrAction                                    action,
    uint32_t                                    countSubactionPaths,
    const XrPath*                               subactionPaths,
    XrActionStateVector2f*                      data);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction being queried.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of paths or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that were specified when the action was created. If the array includes a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID. If this parameter is specified, the runtime must return data that originates only on the paths specified in this array.

  • data is a pointer to a valid XrActionStateVector2f into which the state will be placed.

xrGetActionStateVector2f retrieves the current state of a two-dimensional vector action. See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

  • data must be a pointer to an XrActionStateVector2f structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrActionStateVector2f structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionStateVector2f {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrVector2f            currentState;
    XrBool32              changedSinceLastSync;
    XrTime                lastChangeTime;
    XrBool32              isActive;
} XrActionStateVector2f;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • currentState is the current XrVector2f state of the Action.

  • changedSinceLastSync is XR_TRUE if the value of currentState is different than it was before the most recent call to xrSyncActionData.

  • lastChangeTime is the XrTime in nanoseconds since this action’s value last changed.

  • isActive is XR_TRUE if and only if there exists an input source that is contributing to the current state of this action.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_VECTOR2F

  • next must be NULL

11.5.4. Pose Actions

The xrGetActionStatePose function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetActionStatePose(
    XrAction                                    action,
    XrPath                                      subactionPath,
    XrActionStatePose*                          data);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction being queried.

  • subactionPath is an XrPath or XR_PATH_NULL.

  • data is a pointer to a valid XrActionStatePose into which the state will be placed.

xrGetActionStatePose returns information about the binding and active state for the specified action. To determine the pose of this action at a historical or predicted time, create an action space using xrCreateActionSpace. Then, after each sync, get the pose of this action space within your base space using xrLocateSpace.

See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use. xrGetActionStatePose only accepts a single subaction path to require that the application choose which subaction to use for actions that are intended to be bound to multiple devices at the same time.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrActionStatePose structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActionStatePose {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrBool32              isActive;
} XrActionStatePose;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • isActive is XR_TRUE if and only if there exists an input source that is being tracked by this pose action.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_POSE

  • next must be NULL

11.6. Output Actions and Haptics

Haptic feedback is sent to a device using the xrApplyHapticFeedback function. The hapticEvent points to a supported event structure. All event structures have in common that the first element is an XrHapticBaseHeader which can be used to determine the type of the haptic event.

Haptic feedback may be immediately halted for a haptic action using the xrStopHapticFeedback function.

Output action requests activate immediately and must not wait for the next call to xrSyncActionData.

If a haptic event is sent to an action before a previous haptic event completes, the latest event will take precedence and the runtime must cancel all preceding incomplete haptic events on that action.

Output action requests must be discarded and have no effect on hardware if the application’s session is not active.

The only haptics type supported by unextended OpenXR is XrHapticVibration.

The xrApplyHapticFeedback function is defined as:

XrResult xrApplyHapticFeedback(
    XrAction                                    hapticAction,
    uint32_t                                    countSubactionPaths,
    const XrPath*                               subactionPaths,
    const XrHapticBaseHeader*                   hapticEvent);
Parameter Descriptions
  • hapticAction is the XrAction handle for the desired output action.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of paths or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that were specified when the action was created. If the array includes a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID. If this parameter is specified, the runtime must trigger haptic events only on devices represented in the array.

  • hapticEvent is a pointer to a haptic event structure which starts with an XrHapticBaseHeader.

Triggers a haptic event through the specified action of type XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_POSE. The runtime should deliver this request to the appropriate device, but exactly which device, if any, this event is sent to is up to the runtime to decide. If an appropriate device is unavailable the runtime may ignore this request for haptic feedback.

If another haptic event from this session is currently happening on the device bound to this action, the runtime must interrupt that other event and replace it with the new one.

See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • hapticAction must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

  • hapticEvent must be a pointer to a valid XrHapticBaseHeader structure

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrHapticBaseHeader structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrHapticBaseHeader {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
} XrHapticBaseHeader;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure. This base structure itself has no associated XrStructureType value.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_HAPTIC_VIBRATION

  • next must be NULL

The XrHapticVibration structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrHapticVibration {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrDuration                  duration;
    float                       frequency;
    float                       amplitude;
} XrHapticVibration;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • duration is the number of nanoseconds the vibration should last. If XR_MIN_HAPTIC_DURATION is specified, the runtime must produce a short haptics pulse of minimal supported duration for the haptic device.

  • frequency is the frequency of the vibration in Hz. If XR_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED is specified, it is left to the runtime to decide the optimal frequency value to use.

  • amplitude is the amplitude of the vibration between 0.0 and 1.0.

The XrHapticVibration is used in calls to xrApplyHapticFeedback that trigger vibration output actions.

The duration, and frequency parameters may be clamped to implementation-dependent ranges.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_HAPTIC_VIBRATION

  • next must be NULL

  • If frequency is not 0, frequency must be a valid float value

  • amplitude must be a valid float value

XR_MIN_HAPTIC_DURATION is used to indicate to the runtime that a short haptic pulse of the minimal supported duration for the haptic device.

#define XR_MIN_HAPTIC_DURATION -1

XR_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED is used to indicate that the application wants the runtime to decide what the optimal frequency is for the haptic pulse.

#define XR_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED 0

The xrStopHapticFeedback function is defined as:

XrResult xrStopHapticFeedback(
    XrAction                                    hapticAction,
    uint32_t                                    countSubactionPaths,
    const XrPath*                               subactionPaths);
Parameter Descriptions
  • hapticAction is the XrAction handle for the desired output action.

  • countSubactionPaths is the number of elements in the subactionPaths array. If subactionPaths is NULL, this parameter must be 0.

  • subactionPaths is an array of paths or NULL. If this array is specified, it contains one or more subaction paths that were specified when the action was created. If the array includes a subaction path that was not specified when the action was created the runtime must return XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID. The runtime must only stop haptic output on the specified devices. If this parameter is specified, the runtime must return data that originates only on the paths specified in this array.

If a haptic event from this XrAction is in progress, when this function is called the runtime must stop that event. See XrActionCreateInfo for a description of subaction paths, and the restrictions on their use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • hapticAction must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, countSubactionPaths must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If countSubactionPaths is not 0, subactionPaths must be a pointer to an array of countSubactionPaths XrPath values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_ACTION_TYPE_MISMATCH

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

11.7. Input Action State Synchronization

The xrSyncActionData function is defined as:

XrResult xrSyncActionData(
    XrSession                                   session,
    uint32_t                                    countActionSets,
    const XrActiveActionSet*                    actionSets);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to the XrSession that all provided action set handles belong to.

  • countActionSets is an integer specifying the number of valid elements in the actionSets array.

  • actionSets is a pointer to an array of one or more XrActiveActionSet structures, all from session, that should be synchronized.

xrSyncActionData updates the current state of input actions. Repeated input action state queries between subsequent synchronization calls must return the same values. This call must be called with an array containing the XrActiveActionSet structures, that reference action sets which belong to a single, running session, that should be updated during this synchronization. Any XrActionSet that has been created in this session but was not passed to xrSyncActionData will not be updated and all action state queries will return that the action is inactive.

If session is not running, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING. If session is not focused, the runtime must return XR_SESSION_NOT_FOCUSED, and all actions in the session will be inactive.

Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to the XrSession that all provided action set handles belong to.

  • countActionSets is an integer specifying the number of valid elements in the actionSets array.

  • actionSets is a pointer to an array of one or more XrActiveActionSet structures, all from session, that should be synchronized.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • countActionSets must be a valid uint32_t value

  • actionSets must be a pointer to an array of countActionSets valid XrActiveActionSet structures

  • countActionSets must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

  • XR_SESSION_NOT_FOCUSED

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The XrActiveActionSet structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrActiveActionSet {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrActionSet                 actionSet;
    XrPath                      subactionPath;
} XrActiveActionSet;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • actionSet is the handle of the action set to activate.

  • subactionPath is the handle of a subaction path that was declared when one or more actions in the action set was created or XR_PATH_NULL if the actions in this action set were not declared with subaction paths. If the application wants to activate the action set on more than one subaction path, it can include additional XrActiveActionSet structs with the other subactionPaths.

This structure defines a single active action set and subaction path combination. Applications provide a list of these structures via the xrSyncActionData function.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • type must be XR_TYPE_ACTIVE_ACTION_SET

  • next must be NULL

  • actionSet must be a valid XrActionSet handle

11.8. Action Sources

The xrGetBoundSourcesForAction function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetBoundSourcesForAction(
    XrAction                                    action,
    uint32_t                                    sourceCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   sourceCountOutput,
    XrPath*                                     sources);
Parameter Descriptions
  • action is the XrAction being queried.

  • sourceCapacityInput is the capacity of the array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • sourceCountOutput is a pointer to the count of action sources, or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that sourceCapacityInput is 0.

  • sources is a pointer to an application-allocated array that will be filled with the XrPath values for all sources. It can be NULL if sourceCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required sources size.

An application can use the xrGetBoundSourcesForAction and xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName calls to prompt the user which physical inputs to use in order to perform an action. A source is the physical control that the action is bound to. An action may be bound to multiple sources at one time, for example an action named hold could be bound to both the X and A buttons.

If an action is unbound, xrGetBoundSourcesForAction will assign 0 to the value pointed-to by sourceCountOutput and not modify the array.

Once the semantic paths for the action’s source are obtained, the application can gather additional information about the source. xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName returns a localized human-readable string describing the source, e.g. 'A Button'.

If the parent session of action is not running, the runtime must return XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • action must be a valid XrAction handle

  • If sourceCapacityInput is not 0, sourceCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If sourceCountOutput is not NULL, sourceCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If sourceCapacityInput is not 0, sources must be a pointer to an array of sourceCapacityInput XrPath values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_RUNNING

The xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName function is defined as:

XrResult xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPath                                      source,
    XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags             whichComponents,
    uint32_t                                    bufferCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   bufferCountOutput,
    char*                                       buffer);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a handle to the XrSession associated with the action that reported this source.

  • source is an XrPath representing the source. Typically this was returned by a call to xrGetBoundSourcesForAction.

  • whichComponents is any set of flags from XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlagBits.

  • bufferCapacityInput is the capacity of the buffer, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • bufferCountOutput is a pointer to the count of name characters written (including the terminating \0), or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that bufferCapacityInput is 0.

  • buffer is a pointer to an application-allocated buffer that will be filled with the source name. It can be NULL if bufferCapacityInput is 0.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required buffer size.

xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName returns a string for the input source in the current system locale. This string is appropriate for showing to users.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • session must be a valid XrSession handle

  • whichComponents must be a valid combination of XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlagBits values

  • whichComponents must not be 0

  • If bufferCapacityInput is not 0, bufferCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If bufferCountOutput is not NULL, bufferCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If bufferCapacityInput is not 0, buffer must be a pointer to an array of bufferCapacityInput char values

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_PATH_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

The xrGetInputSourceLocalizedName::whichComponents parameter takes bitwise-OR of any of the following values:

// Flag bits for XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags
static const XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_USER_PATH_BIT = 0x00000001;
static const XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_INTERACTION_PROFILE_BIT = 0x00000002;
static const XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_COMPONENT_BIT = 0x00000004;
Flag Descriptions
  • XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_USER_PATH_BIT indicates that the runtime must include the user path portion of the string in the result, if available. E.g. Left Hand.

  • XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_INTERACTION_PROFILE_BIT indicates that the runtime must include the interaction profile portion of the string in the result, if available. E.g. Vive Controller.

  • XR_INPUT_SOURCE_LOCALIZED_NAME_COMPONENT_BIT indicates that the runtime must include the input component portion of the string in the result, if available. E.g. Trigger.

12. List of Extensions

12.1. XR_KHR_android_create_instance

Name String

XR_KHR_android_create_instance

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

9

Revision

2

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Robert Menzel, NVIDIA
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Overview

When the application creates an XrInstance object on Android systems, additional information from the application has to be provided to the XR runtime.

The Android XR runtime must return error XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE if the additional information is not provided by the application or if the additional parameters are invalid.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO_ANDROID_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS          applicationVM;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS          applicationActivity;
} XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • applicationVM is a pointer to the application virtual machine.

  • applicationActivity is a pointer to the application Activity.

XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR contains additional Android specific information needed when calling xrCreateInstance. The XrInstanceCreateInfoAndroidKHR struct must be provided as the next pointer in the XrInstanceCreateInfo struct when calling xrCreateInstance.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-05-26 (Robert Menzel)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Added error code, reformatted

12.2. XR_KHR_android_surface_swapchain

Name String

XR_KHR_android_surface_swapchain

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

5

Revision

4

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Krzysztof Kosiński
Johannes van Waveren, Oculus
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Contacts

Krzysztof Kosiński

Overview

A common activity in XR is to view an image stream. Image streams are often the result of camera previews or decoded video streams. On Android, the basic primitive representing the producer end of an image queue is the class android.view.Surface. This extension provides a special swapchain that uses an android.view.Surface as its producer end.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

New Enums

New Structures

New Functions

To create an XrSwapchain object and an Android Surface object call:

XrResult xrCreateSwapchainAndroidSurfaceKHR(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrSwapchainCreateInfo*                info,
    XrSwapchain*                                swapchain,
    jobject*                                    surface);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is an XrSession handle previously created with xrCreateSession.

  • info is a pointer to an XrSwapchainCreateInfo structure.

  • swapchain is a pointer to a handle in which the created XrSwapchain is returned.

  • surface is a pointer to a jobject where the created Android Surface is returned.

xrCreateSwapchainAndroidSurfaceKHR creates an XrSwapchain object returned in swapchain and an Android Surface jobject returned in surface. The jobject must be valid to be passed back to Java code using JNI and must be valid to be used with ordinary Android APIs for submitting images to Surfaces. The returned XrSwapchain must be valid to be referenced in XrSwapchainSubImage structures to show content on the screen. The width and height passed in XrSwapchainCreateInfo may not be persistent throughout the life cycle of the created swapchain, since on Android, the size of the images is controlled by the producer and possibly changes at any time.

The only function that is allowed to be called on the XrSwapchain returned from this function is xrDestroySwapchain. For example calling any of the functions xrEnumerateSwapchainImages, xrAcquireSwapchainImage, xrWaitSwapchainImage or xrReleaseSwapchainImage is invalid.

The XR runtime must destroy the provided Surface on calling xrDestroySwapchain. Applications writing frames to the Surface thereafter leads to undefined behavior.

xrCreateSwapchainAndroidSurfaceKHR must return the same set of error codes as xrCreateSwapchain under same circumstances plus XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED in case the function is not supported.

Valid Usage of XrSwapchainCreateInfo members
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-01-17 (Johannes van Waveren)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2017-10-30 (Kaye Mason)

    • Changed images to swapchains, used snippet includes. Added issue for Surfaces.

  • Revision 3, 2018-05-16 (Krzysztof Kosiński)

    • Refactored to use Surface instead of SurfaceTexture.

  • Revision 4, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Refined the specification of the extension

12.3. XR_KHR_android_thread_settings

Name String

XR_KHR_android_thread_settings

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

4

Revision

4

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Cass Everitt, Oculus
Johannes van Waveren, Oculus
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Overview

For XR to be comfortable, it is important for applications to deliver frames quickly and consistently. In order to make sure the important application threads get their full share of time, these threads must be identified to the system, which will adjust their scheduling priority accordingly.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrResult enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_ID_INVALID_KHR

  • XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_FAILURE_KHR

New Enums

The possible thread types are specified by the XrAndroidThreadTypeKHR enumeration:

typedef enum XrAndroidThreadTypeKHR {
    XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_APPLICATION_MAIN_KHR = 1,
    XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_APPLICATION_WORKER_KHR = 2,
    XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_RENDERER_MAIN_KHR = 3,
    XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_RENDERER_WORKER_KHR = 4,
    XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_MAX_ENUM_KHR = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrAndroidThreadTypeKHR;
Enumerants
  • XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_APPLICATION_MAIN_KHR
    hints the XR runtime that the thread is doing background CPU tasks

  • XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_APPLICATION_WORKER_KHR
    hints the XR runtime that the thread is doing time critical CPU tasks

  • XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_RENDERER_MAIN_KHR
    hints the XR runtime that the thread is doing background graphics device tasks

  • XR_ANDROID_THREAD_TYPE_RENDERER_WORKER_KHR
    hints the XR runtime that the thread is doing time critical graphics device tasks

New Structures

New Functions

To declare a thread to be of a certain XrAndroidThreadTypeKHR type call:

XrResult xrSetAndroidApplicationThreadKHR(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrAndroidThreadTypeKHR                      threadType,
    uint32_t                                    threadId);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a valid XrSession handle.

  • threadType is a classification of the declared thread allowing the XR runtime to apply the relevant priority and attributes. If such settings fail, the error XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_FAILURE_KHR is returned.

  • threadId is the thread id of the declared thread. If thread Id is invalid the error XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_ID_INVALID_KHR is returned.

xrSetAndroidApplicationThreadKHR allows to declare an XR-critical thread and to classify it.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

  • XR_SESSION_LOSS_PENDING

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_ID_INVALID_KHR

  • XR_ERROR_ANDROID_THREAD_SETTINGS_FAILURE_KHR

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-01-17 (Johannes van Waveren)

    • Initial draft.

  • Revision 2, 2017-10-31 (Armelle Laine)

    • Move the performance settings to EXT extension.

  • Revision 3, 2018-12-20 (Paul Pedriana)

  • Revision 4, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Added enum specification, reformatting

12.4. XR_KHR_composition_layer_cube

Name String

XR_KHR_composition_layer_cube

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

7

Revision

8

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Johannes van Waveren, Oculus
Cass Everitt, Oculus
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Gloria Kennickell, Oculus
Sam Martin, ARM
Kaye Mason, Google, Inc.
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Contacts

Cass Everitt, Oculus
Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Overview

This extension adds an additional layer type that enables direct sampling from cubemaps.

The cube layer is the natural layer type for hardware accelerated environment maps. Without updating the image source, the user can look all around, and the compositor can display what they are looking at without intervention from the application.

The offset parameter in this layer type allows for an off-center projection of samples in the cubemap, which allows the distribution to be biased in a favored direction. This is useful for having a cubemap have very high quality in one direction, but whose quality fades as you look away from the interesting direction. A typical use case is video playback or high resolution forward image viewing.

The magnitude of the offset vector determines the magnitude of the directional bias. The offset vector must be added to the normalized direction vector before sampling the texture, and thus forms a modified direction vector. An example is shown below in which a Z offset results in greater sampling density in the -Z direction, but lower in the +Z direction. A cubemap used with this offset would typically be generated by the inverse of this offset mapping.

              -Z
+-----------------------------+                        +-----------------------------+
|   \                         |                        |                             |
|     \                       |                        | \                           |
|       \                     |                        |    \                        |
|         \                   |                        |       \                     |
|           \                 |  offset { 0, 0, 0.2 }  |          \                  |
|             +               | -------------------->  |             +               |
|                             |                        |                             |
|                             |                        |                             |
|                             |                        |                             |
|                             |                        |                             |
|                             |                        |                             |
+-----------------------------+                        +-----------------------------+
              +Z

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CUBE_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The XrCompositionLayerCubeKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerCubeKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags     layerFlags;
    XrSpace                     space;
    XrEyeVisibility             eyeVisibility;
    XrSwapchain                 swapchain;
    uint32_t                    imageArrayIndex;
    XrQuaternionf               orientation;
    XrVector3f                  offset;
} XrCompositionLayerCubeKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerFlags is any flags to apply to this layer.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the orientation of the cube layer is evaluated over time.

  • eye is the eye represented by this layer.

  • swapchain is the swapchain.

  • imageArrayIndex is the image array index, with 0 meaning the first or only array element.

  • orientation is the orientation of the environment map in the space.

  • offset is an offsetting vector which must be added to the direction vector. {0,0,0} indicates the default behavior of no offset.

XrCompositionLayerCubeKHR contains the information needed to render a cube map when calling xrEndFrame. XrCompositionLayerCubeKHR is an alias type for the base struct XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader used in XrFrameEndInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 0, 2017-02-01 (Johannes van Waveren)

    • Initial draft.

  • Revision 1, 2017-05-19 (Sam Martin)

    • Initial draft, moving the 3 layer types to an extension.

  • Revision 2, 2017-08-30 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Updated the specification.

  • Revision 3, 2017-10-12 (Cass Everitt)

    • Updated to reflect per-eye structs and the change to swapchains

  • Revision 4, 2017-10-18 (Kaye Mason)

    • Update to flatten structs to remove per-eye arrays.

  • Revision 5, 2017-12-05 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Updated to break out the cylinder and equirect features into separate extensions.

  • Revision 6, 2017-12-07 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Updated to use transform components instead of transform matrices.

  • Revision 7, 2017-12-07 (Paul Pedriana)

  • Revision 8, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Updated struct to use XrSwapchainSubImage, reformat and spec language changes, eye parameter description update

12.5. XR_KHR_composition_layer_cylinder

Name String

XR_KHR_composition_layer_cylinder

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

18

Revision

4

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

James Hughes, Oculus
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Contacts

Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Cass Everitt, Oculus

Overview

This extension adds an additional layer type where the XR runtime must map a texture stemming from a swapchain onto the inside of a cylinder section. It can be imagined much the same way a curved television display looks to a viewer. This is not a projection type of layer but rather an object-in-world type of layer, similar to XrCompositionLayerQuad. Only the interior of the cylinder surface must be visible; the exterior of the cylinder is not visible and must not be drawn by the runtime.

The cylinder characteristics are specified by the following parameters:

     XrPosef           pose;
     float             radius;
     float             centralAngle;
     float             aspectRatio;

These can be understood via the following diagram, which is a top-down view of a horizontally oriented cylinder. The aspect ratio drives how tall the cylinder will appear based on the other parameters. Typically the aspectRatio would be set to be the aspect ratio of the texture being used, so that it looks the same within the cylinder as it does in 2D.

             -z                                          +y
      U=0  +--+--+  U=1                 +-----------------+  - V=0
       +---+  |  +---+                  |                 |  |
    +--+ \    |    / +--+               |                 |  |
  +-+     \       /     +-+             |                 |  |
 ++        \  a  /        ++            |                 |  |
++          \---/          ++           | -x           +x |  |
|            \ /            |           +--------p--------+  |
+-------------p------r------+ +x        |                 |  |
    (+y is out of screen)               |                 |  |
                                        |                 |  |
r = Radius                              |                 |  |
a = Central Angle (0,2*Pi)              |                 |  |
p = Pose Transform                      +-----------------+  - V=1
U/V = UV Coordinates                                     -y

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CYLINDER_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The XrCompositionLayerCylinderKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerCylinderKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags     layerFlags;
    XrSpace                     space;
    XrEyeVisibility             eyeVisibility;
    XrSwapchainSubImage         subImage;
    XrPosef                     pose;
    float                       radius;
    float                       centralAngle;
    float                       aspectRatio;
} XrCompositionLayerCylinderKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerFlags specifies options for the layer.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the pose of the cylinder layer is evaluated over time.

  • eye is the eye represented by this layer.

  • subImage identifies the image XrSwapchainSubImage to use.

  • pose is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the center point of the view of the cylinder within the reference frame of the space.

  • radius is the radius of the cylinder.

  • centralAngle is the angle of the visible section of the cylinder, based at 0 radians, in the range of [0, 2*Pi). It grows symmetrically around the 0 radian angle.

  • aspectRatio is the ratio of the visible cylinder section width / height. The height of the cylinder is given by: (cylinder radius * cylinder angle) / aspectRatio.

XrCompositionLayerCylinderKHR contains the information needed to render a texture onto a cylinder when calling xrEndFrame. XrCompositionLayerCylinderKHR is an alias type for the base struct XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader used in XrFrameEndInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-05-19 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial version. This was originally part of a single extension which supported multiple such extension layer types.

  • Revision 2, 2017-12-07 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Updated to use transform components instead of transform matrices.

  • Revision 3, 2018-03-05 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Added improved documentation and brought the documentation in line with the existing core spec.

  • Revision 4, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Reformatted, spec language changes, eye parameter description update

12.6. XR_KHR_composition_layer_depth

Name String

XR_KHR_composition_layer_depth

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

11

Revision

5

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Andreas Loeve Selvik, Arm
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Overview This extension defines an extra layer type which allows applications to submit valid depth buffers along with images submitted in projection layers, i.e. XrCompositionLayerProjection.

The XR runtime may use this information to perform more accurate reprojections taking depth into account.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_DEPTH_INFO_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

When submitting depth buffers along with projection layers, add the XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR to the next chain for all XrCompositionLayerProjectionView structures in the given layer.

The XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrSwapchainSubImage         subImage;
    float                       minDepth;
    float                       maxDepth;
    float                       nearZ;
    float                       farZ;
} XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • subImage identifies the depth image XrSwapchainSubImage to be associated with the color swapchain. The contained imageRect specifies the valid portion of the depth image to use, in pixels. The contained imageArrayIndex is the depth image array index, with 0 meaning the first or only array element.

  • minDepth and maxDepth are the range of depth values the depthSwapchain could have, in the range of [0.0,1.0]. This is akin to min and max values of OpenGL’s glDepthRange, but with the requirement here that maxDepth >= minDepth.

  • nearZ is the positive distance in meters of the minDepth value in the depth swapchain. Apps may use a nearZ that is greater than farZ to indicate depth values are reversed. nearZ can be infinite.

  • farZ is the positive distance in meters of the maxDepth value in the depth swapchain. farZ can be infinite. Apps must not use the same value as nearZ.

XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR contains the information needed to specify an extra layer with depth information. When submitting depth buffers along with projection layers, add the XrCompositionLayerDepthInfoKHR to the next chain for all XrCompositionLayerProjectionView structures in the given layer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-08-18 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial proposal.

  • Revision 2, 2017-10-30 (Kaye Mason)

    • Migration from Images to Swapchains.

  • Revision 3, 2018-07-20 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Support for swapchain texture arrays

  • Revision 4, 2018-12-17 (Andreas Loeve Selvik)

    • depthImageRect in pixels instead of UVs

  • Revision 5, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • changed depthSwapchain/depthImageRect/depthImageArrayIndex
      to XrSwapchainSubImage

    • reformat and spec language changes

    • removed vendor specific terminology

12.7. XR_KHR_composition_layer_equirect

Name String

XR_KHR_composition_layer_equirect

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

19

Revision

3

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Johannes van Waveren, Oculus
Cass Everitt, Oculus
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Gloria Kennickell, Oculus
Martin Renschler, Qualcomm

Contacts

Cass Everitt, Oculus
Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Overview

This extension adds an additional layer type where the XR runtime must map an equirectangular coded image stemming from a swapchain onto the inside of a sphere.

The equirect layer type provides most of the same benefits as a cubemap, but from an equirect 2D image source. This image source is appealing mostly because equirect environment maps are very common, and the highest quality you can get from them is by sampling them directly in the compositor.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_EQUIRECT_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The XrCompositionLayerEquirectKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrCompositionLayerEquirectKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrCompositionLayerFlags     layerFlags;
    XrSpace                     space;
    XrEyeVisibility             eyeVisibility;
    XrSwapchainSubImage         subImage;
    XrPosef                     pose;
    XrVector3f                  offset;
    XrVector2f                  scale;
    XrVector2f                  bias;
} XrCompositionLayerEquirectKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • layerFlags specifies options for the layer.

  • space is the XrSpace in which the pose of the equirect layer is evaluated over time.

  • eye is the eye represented by this layer.

  • subImage identifies the image XrSwapchainSubImage to use.

  • pose is an XrPosef defining the position and orientation of the center point of the view of the equirect layer within the reference frame of the space.

  • offset is an XrOffset2Df indicating the center of projection for this swapchain.

  • scale is an XrVector2f indicating a scale of the texture coordinates after the mapping to 2D.

  • bias is an XrVector2f indicating a bias of the texture coordinates after the mapping to 2D.

XrCompositionLayerEquirectKHR contains the information needed to render an equirectangular image onto a sphere when calling xrEndFrame. XrCompositionLayerEquirectKHR is an alias type for the base struct XrCompositionLayerBaseHeader used in XrFrameEndInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-05-19 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial version. This was originally part of a single extension which supported multiple such extension layer types.

  • Revision 2, 2017-12-07 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Updated to use transform components instead of transform matrices.

  • Revision 3, 2019-01-24 (Martin Renschler)

    • Reformatted, spec language changes, eye parameter description update

12.8. XR_KHR_convert_timespec_time

Name String

XR_KHR_convert_timespec_time

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

37

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Overview

This extension provides two functions for converting between timespec monotonic time and XrTime. The xrConvertTimespecTimeToTimeKHR function converts from timespec time to XrTime, while the xrConvertTimeToTimespecTimeKHR function converts XrTime to timespec monotonic time. The primary use case for this functionality is to be able to synchronize events between the local system and the OpenXR system.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

New Enums

New Structures

New Functions

To convert from timespec monotonic time to basetype::XrTime, call:

XrResult xrConvertTimespecTimeToTimeKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const struct timespec*                      timespecTime,
    XrTime*                                     time);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • unixTime is a timespec obtained from clock_gettime with CLOCK_MONOTONIC.

  • time is the resulting basetpe::XrTime that is equivalent to the unixTime.

The xrConvertTimespecTimeToTimeKHR function converts a time obtained by the clock_gettime function to the equivalent basetype::XrTime.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

To convert from basetype::XrTime to timespec monotonic time, call:

XrResult xrConvertTimeToTimespecTimeKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrTime                                      time,
    struct timespec*                            timespecTime);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • time is an basetype::XrTime.

  • unixTime is the resulting timespec time that is equivalent to a timespec obtained from clock_gettime with CLOCK_MONOTONIC.

The xrConvertTimeToTimespecTimeKHR function converts an basetype::XrTime to time as if generated by clock_gettime.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-01-24 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial draft

12.9. XR_KHR_D3D10_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_D3D10_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

27

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2018-11-16

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Mark Young, LunarG
Minmin Gong, Microsoft

Overview

This extension enables the use of the D3D10 graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any D3D10 swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR structure in order to create a D3D10-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required D3D10 objects, including a graphics device to be used for rendering.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D10 before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D10_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D10_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D10_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the D3D10 API executing on certain operating systems.

The XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D10Device*               device;
} XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • device is a pointer to a valid ID3D10Device to use.

When creating a D3D10-backed XrSession, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrSwapchainImageD3D10KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageD3D10KHR {
     XrStructureType      type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D10Texture2D*      texture;
} XrSwapchainImageD3D10KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • texture is a pointer to a valid ID3D10Texture2D to use.

If a given session was created with XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the top-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing up, near Z plane at 0, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D10KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D10KHR {
    XrStructureType         type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS      next;
    LUID                    adapterLuid;
    D3D10_FEATURE_LEVEL1    minFeatureLevel;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D10KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • adapterLuid identifies what graphics device needs to be used.

  • minFeatureLevel is the minimum feature level that the D3D10 device must be initialized with.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_D3D10_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D10KHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D10_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • adapterLuid must be a valid LUID value

  • minFeatureLevel must be a valid D3D10_FEATURE_LEVEL1 value

New Functions

Some computer systems may have multiple graphics devices, each of which may have independent external display outputs. XR systems that connect to such graphics devices are typically connected to a single device. Applications need to know what graphics device the XR system is connected to so that they can use that graphics device to generate XR images.

To retrieve the D3D10 feature level and graphics device for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetD3D10GraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D10KHR*             graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetD3D10GraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application what graphics device (Windows LUID) needs to be used and the minimum feature level to use. xrGetD3D10GraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession, and the LUID and feature level that xrGetD3D10GraphicsRequirementsKHR returns should be used to create the ID3D10Device that the application passes to xrCreateSession in the XrGraphicsBindingD3D10KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Split XR_KHR_D3D_enable into XR_KHR_D3D10_enable

    • Rename and expand xrGetD3DGraphicsDeviceKHR functionality to xrGetD3D10GraphicsRequirementsKHR

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

12.10. XR_KHR_D3D11_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_D3D11_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

28

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2018-11-16

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Mark Young, LunarG
Minmin Gong, Microsoft

Overview

This extension enables the use of the D3D11 graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any D3D11 swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR structure in order to create a D3D11-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required D3D11 objects, including a graphics device to be used for rendering.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D11 before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D11_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D11_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D11_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the D3D11 API executing on certain operating systems.

The XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D11Device*               device;
} XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • device is a pointer to a valid ID3D11Device to use.

When creating a D3D11-backed XrSession, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrSwapchainImageD3D11KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageD3D11KHR {
     XrStructureType      type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D11Texture2D*      texture;
} XrSwapchainImageD3D11KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • texture is a pointer to a valid ID3D11Texture2D to use.

If a given session was created with XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the top-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing up, near Z plane at 0, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D11KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D11KHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    LUID                  adapterLuid;
    D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL     minFeatureLevel;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D11KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • adapterLuid identifies what graphics device needs to be used.

  • minFeatureLevel is the minimum feature level that the D3D11 device must be initialized with.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_D3D11_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D11KHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D11_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • adapterLuid must be a valid LUID value

  • minFeatureLevel must be a valid D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL value

New Functions

Some computer systems may have multiple graphics devices, each of which may have independent external display outputs. XR systems that connect to such graphics devices are typically connected to a single device. Applications need to know what graphics device the XR system is connected to so that they can use that graphics device to generate XR images.

To retrieve the D3D11 feature level and graphics device for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetD3D11GraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D11KHR*             graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetD3D11GraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application what graphics device (Windows LUID) needs to be used and the minimum feature level to use. xrGetD3D11GraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession, and the LUID and feature level that xrGetD3D11GraphicsRequirementsKHR returns should be used to create the ID3D11Device that the application passes to xrCreateSession in the XrGraphicsBindingD3D11KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Split XR_KHR_D3D_enable into XR_KHR_D3D11_enable

    • Rename and expand xrGetD3DGraphicsDeviceKHR functionality to xrGetD3D11GraphicsRequirementsKHR

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

12.11. XR_KHR_D3D12_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_D3D12_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

29

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-29

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Mark Young, LunarG
Minmin Gong, Microsoft
Dan Ginsburg, Valve

Overview

This extension enables the use of the D3D12 graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any D3D12 swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR structure in order to create a D3D12-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required D3D12 objects, including a graphics device and queue to be used for rendering.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D12 before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it.

Swapchain Image Layout

When an application acquires a swapchain image by calling xrAcquireSwapchainImage in a session create using XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR, the OpenXR runtime must guarantee that:

  • The image has a memory layout compatible with D3D12_RESOURCE_STATE_RENDER_TARGET

  • The ID3D12CommandQueue specified in XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR can write to the image.

When an application releases a swapchain image by calling xrReleaseSwapchainImage, in a session create using XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR, the OpenXR runtime must interpret the image as:

  • Having a memory layout compatible with D3D12_RESOURCE_STATE_RENDER_TARGET

  • Being available for read/write on the ID3D12CommandQueue specified in XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR.

The application is responsible for transitioning the swapchain image back to the image layout and queue availability that the OpenXR runtime requires. If the image is not in a layout compatible with the above specifications the runtime may exhibit undefined behaviour.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D12_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D12_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D12_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the D3D12 API executing on certain operating systems.

The XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D12Device*               device;
    ID3D12CommandQueue*         queue;
} XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • device is a pointer to a valid ID3D12Device to use.

  • queue is a pointer to a valid ID3D12CommandQueue to use.

When creating a D3D12-backed XrSession, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_D3D12_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D12_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • device must be a pointer to an ID3D12Device value

  • queue must be a pointer to an ID3D12CommandQueue value

The XrSwapchainImageD3D12KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageD3D12KHR {
     XrStructureType      type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    ID3D12Resource*       texture;
} XrSwapchainImageD3D12KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • texture is a pointer to a valid ID3D12Texture2D to use.

If a given session was created with XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the top-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing up, near Z plane at 0, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D12KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D12KHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    LUID                  adapterLuid;
    D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL     minFeatureLevel;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D12KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • adapterLuid identifies what graphics device needs to be used.

  • minFeatureLevel is the minimum feature level that the D3D12 device must be initialized with.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_D3D12_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D12KHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D12_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • adapterLuid must be a valid LUID value

  • minFeatureLevel must be a valid D3D_FEATURE_LEVEL value

New Functions

Some computer systems may have multiple graphics devices, each of which may have independent external display outputs. XR systems that connect to such graphics devices are typically connected to a single device. Applications need to know what graphics device the XR system is connected to so that they can use that graphics device to generate XR images.

To retrieve the D3D12 feature level and graphics device for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetD3D12GraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsD3D12KHR*             graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetD3D12GraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application what graphics device (Windows LUID) needs to be used and the minimum feature level to use. xrGetD3D12GraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession, and the LUID and feature level that xrGetD3D12GraphicsRequirementsKHR returns should be used to create the ID3D12Device that the application passes to xrCreateSession in the XrGraphicsBindingD3D12KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Split XR_KHR_D3D_enable into XR_KHR_D3D12_enable

    • Rename and expand xrGetD3DGraphicsDeviceKHR functionality to xrGetD3D12GraphicsRequirementsKHR

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

  • Revision 5, 2019-01-29 (Dan Ginsburg)

    • Added swapchain image resource state details.

12.12. XR_KHR_headless

Name String

XR_KHR_headless

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

14

Revision

2

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2018-06-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Krzysztof Kosiński, Google
Mark Young, LunarG
Ryan Pavlik, Collabora
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Lachlan Ford, Microsoft

Overview

This extension enables headless operation, i.e., without interacting with any display devices or initializing the OpenXR compositor. It is intended to facilitate novel uses of OpenXR devices not covered by this specification.

Note that the term "headless" is used here as a term of art referring to not outputting to a display. It does not refer to the presence or absence of a head tracker, head-mounted display, or anything else related to a human head.

When this extension is enabled, the behavior of existing functions that interact with the graphics subsystem is altered. When calling the function xrCreateSession with no graphics binding structure, the session will be created as headless.

When operating with a headless session, the function xrEnumerateSwapchainFormats must return an empty list of formats. Calls to functions xrCreateSwapchain, xrDestroySwapchain, xrAcquireSwapchainImage, xrWaitFrame are invalid. All other functions, including those related to tracking, input and haptics, are unaffected.

In addition to this application-facing behavior, the runtime must not interact with any display devices on behalf of a headless session. The runtime should avoid performing any initialization or resource acquisition related to graphics or composition.

If the runtime supports transitions between multiple sessions, then the runtime should prevent users from transitioning to a headless session from a regular session and vice versa. The latter is assumed to be trivial, since the runtime is not allowed to interact with display devices and therefore prohibited from displaying any sort of user interface. If the runtime supports multiple concurrent sessions running at the same time, it should allow headless sessions to run concurrently with regular sessions.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

New Enums

New Structures

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-09-30 (Krzysztof Kosiński)

    • Initial version.

  • Revision 2, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Remove XR_GRAPHICS_API_NONE_KHR and replace it with a mention of the new XrGraphicsApi value of XR_GRAPHICS_API_UNKNOWN

  • Revision 3, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Remove XR_GRAPHICS_API_UNKNOWN and replace it with a mention of the new XrGraphicsBindingHeadlessKHR structure.

  • Revision 3, 2019-01-04 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Change from headless applications to headless sessions.

12.13. XR_KHR_opengl_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_opengl_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

24

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Mark Young, LunarG
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Minmin Gong, Microsoft
Robert Menzel, NVIDIA

Overview

This extension enables the use of the OpenGL graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any OpenGL swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingOpenGL*KHR structure in order to create a OpenGL-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required OpenGL objects, including an OpenGL context to be used for rendering.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_OPENGL, as well as an appropriate window system define supported by this extension, before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it. The window system defines currently supported by this extension are:

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_WIN32_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XLIB_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XCB_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_WAYLAND_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPENGL_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the OpenGL API executing on certain operating systems.

These structures are only available when the corresponding XR_USE_PLATFORM_ macro is defined before including openxr_platform.h.

The XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWin32KHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWin32KHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    HDC                         hDC;
    HGLRC                       hGLRC;
} XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWin32KHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • hDC is a valid Windows HW device context handle.

  • hGLRC is a valid Windows OpenGL rendering context handle.

When creating an OpenGL-backed XrSession on Microsoft Windows, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWin32KHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

The required window system configuration define to expose this structure type is XR_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXlibKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXlibKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    Display*                    xDisplay;
    uint32_t                    visualid;
    GLXFBConfig                 glxFBConfig;
    GLXDrawable                 glxDrawable;
    GLXContext                  glxContext;
} XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXlibKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • xDisplay is a valid X11 Display.

  • visualid is a valid X11 visual identifier.

  • glxFBConfig is a valid X11 OpenGL GLX GLXFBConfig.

  • glxDrawable is a valid X11 OpenGL GLX GLXDrawable.

  • glxContext is a valid X11 OpenGL GLX GLXContext.

When creating an OpenGL-backed XrSession on any Linux/Unix platform that utilizes X11 and GLX, via the Xlib library, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXlibKHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

The required window system configuration define to expose this structure type is XR_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_opengl_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXlibKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XLIB_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • xDisplay must be a pointer to a Display value

  • visualid must be a valid uint32_t value

  • glxFBConfig must be a valid GLXFBConfig value

  • glxDrawable must be a valid GLXDrawable value

  • glxContext must be a valid GLXContext value

The XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXcbKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXcbKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    xcb_connection_t*           connection;
    uint32_t                    screen_number;
    xcb_glx_fbconfig_t          fbconfigid;
    xcb_visualid_t              visualid;
    xcb_glx_drawable_t          glxDrawable;
    xcb_glx_context_t           glxContext;
} XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXcbKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • connection is a valid xcb_connection_t.

  • screen_number is an index indicating which screen should be used for rendering.

  • fbconfigid is a valid XCB OpenGL GLX xcb_glx_fbconfig_t.

  • visualid is a valid XCB OpenGL GLX xcb_visualid_t.

  • glxDrawable is a valid XCB OpenGL GLX xcb_glx_drawable_t.

  • glxContext is a valid XCB OpenGL GLX xcb_glx_context_t.

When creating an OpenGL-backed XrSession on any Linux/Unix platform that utilizes X11 and GLX, via the Xlib library, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXcbKHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

The required window system configuration define to expose this structure type is XR_USE_PLATFORM_XCB.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_opengl_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLXcbKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XCB_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • connection must be a pointer to an xcb_connection_t value

  • screen_number must be a valid uint32_t value

  • fbconfigid must be a valid xcb_glx_fbconfig_t value

  • visualid must be a valid xcb_visualid_t value

  • glxDrawable must be a valid xcb_glx_drawable_t value

  • glxContext must be a valid xcb_glx_context_t value

The XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWaylandKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWaylandKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    struct wl_display*          display;
} XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWaylandKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • display is a valid Wayland wl_display.

When creating an OpenGL-backed XrSession on any Linux/Unix platform that utilizes the Wayland protocol with its compositor, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLWin32KHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

The required window system configuration define to expose this structure type is XR_USE_PLATFORM_WAYLAND.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrSwapchainImageOpenGLKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageOpenGLKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              image;
} XrSwapchainImageOpenGLKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • image is an index indicating the current OpenGL swapchain image to use.

If a given session was created with a XrGraphicsBindingOpenGL*KHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the bottom-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing up, near Z plane at -1, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              minApiVersionSupported;
    uint32_t              maxApiVersionSupported;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • minApiVersionSupported is the minimum version of OpenGL that the runtime supports. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

  • maxApiVersionSupported is the maximum version of OpenGL that the runtime has been tested on and is known to support. Newer OpenGL versions might work if they are compatible. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR is populated by xrGetOpenGLGraphicsRequirementsKHR with the runtime’s OpenGL API version requirements.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_opengl_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • minApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

New Functions

To query OpenGL API version requirements for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetOpenGLGraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLKHR*            graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetOpenGLGraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application the minimum OpenGL version requirement and the highest known tested OpenGL version. xrGetOpenGLGraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Add new xrGetOpenGLGraphicsRequirementsKHR

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

  • Revision 5, 2019-01-25 (Robert Menzel)

    • Description updated

12.14. XR_KHR_opengl_es_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_opengl_es_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

25

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Mark Young, LunarG
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Minmin Gong, Microsoft
Robert Menzel, NVIDIA

Overview

This extension enables the use of the OpenGL ES graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any OpenGL ES swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLES*KHR structure in order to create a OpenGL-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required OpenGL ES objects, including an OpenGL ES context to be used for rendering.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_OPENGL_ES, as well as an appropriate window system define supported by this extension, before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it. The only window system define currently supported by this extension is:

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_ES_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_ES_ANDROID_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPENGL_ES_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the OpenGL ES API executing on certain operating systems.

These structures are only available when the corresponding XR_USE_PLATFORM_ macro is defined before including openxr_platform.h.

The XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLESAndroidKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLESAndroidKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    EGLDisplay                  display;
    EGLConfig                   config;
    EGLContext                  context;
} XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLESAndroidKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • display is a valid Android OpenGL ES EGLDisplay.

  • config is a valid Android OpenGL ES EGLConfig.

  • context is a valid Android OpenGL ES EGLContext.

When creating an OpenGL ES-backed XrSession on Android, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLESAndroidKHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

The required window system configuration define to expose this structure type is XR_USE_PLATFORM_ANDROID.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_opengl_es_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLESAndroidKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_ES_ANDROID_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • display must be a valid EGLDisplay value

  • config must be a valid EGLConfig value

  • context must be a valid EGLContext value

The XrSwapchainImageOpenGLESKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageOpenGLESKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              image;
} XrSwapchainImageOpenGLESKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • image is an index indicating the current OpenGL ES swapchain image to use.

If a given session was created with a XrGraphicsBindingOpenGLES*KHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the bottom-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing up, near Z plane at -1, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              minApiVersionSupported;
    uint32_t              maxApiVersionSupported;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • minApiVersionSupported is the minimum version of OpenGL ES that the runtime supports. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

  • maxApiVersionSupported is the maximum version of OpenGL ES that the runtime has been tested on and is known to support. Newer OpenGL ES versions might work if they are compatible. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR is populated by xrGetOpenGLESGraphicsRequirementsKHR with the runtime’s OpenGL ES API version requirements.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_opengl_es_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_ES_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • minApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

New Functions

To query OpenGL ES API version requirements for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetOpenGLESGraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsOpenGLESKHR*          graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetOpenGLESGraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application the minimum OpenGL ES version requirement and the highest known tested OpenGL ES version. xrGetOpenGLESGraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Add new xrGetOpenGLESGraphicsRequirementsKHR

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

  • Revision 5, 2019-01-25 (Robert Menzel)

    • Description updated

12.15. XR_KHR_visibility_mask

Name String

XR_KHR_visibility_mask

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

32

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2018-07-05

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Contacts

Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Overview

This extension support the providing of a per-view drawing mask for applications. The primary purpose of this is to enable performance improvements that result from avoiding drawing on areas that aren’t visible to the user. A common occurrence in head-mounted VR hardware is that the optical system’s frustum doesn’t intersect precisely with the rectangular display it is viewing. As a result, it may be that there are parts of the display that aren’t visible to the user, such as the corners of the display. In such cases it would be unnecessary for the application to draw into those parts.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

New Enums

XrVisibilityMaskTypeKHR identifies the different types of mask specification that is supported. The application may request a view mask in any of the formats identified by these types.

typedef enum XrVisibilityMaskTypeKHR {
    XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_HIDDEN_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR = 1,
    XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_VISIBLE_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR = 2,
    XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_LINE_LOOP_KHR = 3,
    XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_MAX_ENUM_KHR = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrVisibilityMaskTypeKHR;
Enumerant Descriptions
  • XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_HIDDEN_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR refers to a two dimensional triangle mesh on the view surface which may not be drawn to by the application. XrVisibilityMaskKHR refers to a set of triangles identified by vertices and vertex indices. The index count will thus be a multiple of three. The triangle vertices will be returned in counter-clockwise order as viewed from the user perspective.

  • XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_VISIBLE_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR refers to a two dimensional triangle mesh on the view surface which should be drawn to by the application. XrVisibilityMaskKHR refers to a set of triangles identified by vertices and vertex indices. The index count will thus be a multiple of three. The triangle vertices will be returned in counter-clockwise order as viewed from the user perspective.

  • XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_LINE_LOOP_KHR refers to a single multi-segmented line loop on the view surface which encompasses the view area which should be drawn by the application. It is the border that exists between the visible and hidden meshes identified by XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_HIDDEN_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR and XR_VISIBILITY_MASK_TYPE_VISIBLE_TRIANGLE_MESH_KHR. The line is counter-clockwise, contiguous, and non-self crossing, with the last point implicitly connecting to the first point. There is one vertex per point, the index count will equal the vertex count, and the indices will refer to the vertices.

New Structures

The XrVisibilityMaskKHR struct is an input/output struct which specifies the view mask. Upon input to xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR, vertexCount and indexCount refer to the capacity of the vertices and indices members, respectively. Upon return from xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR, vertexCount and indexCount refer to the required capacity of the vertices and indices parameters respectively.

typedef struct XrVisibilityMaskKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              vertexCount;
    XrVector2f*           vertices;
    uint32_t              indexCount;
    uint32_t*             indices;
} XrVisibilityMaskKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the type of this struct

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • vertexCount is the count of vertices.

  • vertices is an array of vertices that specify coordinates in texture UV space.

  • indexCount is the count of indices.

  • indices is an array of indices into the vertices array.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_visibility_mask extension must be enabled prior to using XrVisibilityMaskKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_VISIBILITY_MASK_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • vertexCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • vertices must be a pointer to an XrVector2f structure

  • indexCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • indices must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

The XrEventDataVisibilityMaskChangedKHR struct specifies an event which indicates that a given view mask has changed. The application should respond to the event by calling xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR to retrieve the updated mask. This event is per-view, so if the masks for multiple views in a configuration change then multiple instances of this event will be sent to the application, one per view.

typedef struct XrEventDataVisibilityMaskChangedKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrViewConfigurationType     viewConfigurationType;
    uint32_t                    viewIndex;
} XrEventDataVisibilityMaskChangedKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the type of this struct

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • viewConfigurationType is the view configuration whose mask has changed.

  • viewIndex is the individual view within the view configuration to which the change refers.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

New Functions

The function xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR is defined as:

XrResult xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrViewConfigurationType                     viewConfigurationType,
    uint32_t                                    viewIndex,
    XrVisibilityMaskTypeKHR                     visibilityMaskType,
    XrVisibilityMaskKHR*                        visibilityMask);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is an XrSession handle previously created with xrCreateSession.

  • viewConfigurationType is the view configuration from which to retrieve mask information.

  • viewIndex is the individual view within the view configuration from which to retrieve mask information.

  • visibilityMaskType is the type of visibility mask requested.

  • visibilityMask is an input/output struct which specifies the view mask.

xrGetVisibilityMaskKHR retrieves the view mask for a given view. If a view mask for the specified view isn’t available, the returned vertex and index counts will be zero. If the input vertex or index count are less than required, XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT is returned, the vertex and index count will be updated to reflect the required count, and the vertex and index array contents are undefined.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-07-05 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial version.

12.16. XR_KHR_vulkan_enable

Name String

XR_KHR_vulkan_enable

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

26

Revision

6

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Mark Young, LunarG
Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Ed Hutchins, Oculus
Andres Rodriguez, Valve
Dan Ginsburg, Valve
Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft
Minmin Gong, Microsoft
Robert Menzel, NVIDIA

Overview

This extension enables the use of the Vulkan graphics API in an OpenXR runtime. Without this extension, the OpenXR runtime may not be able to use any Vulkan swapchain images.

This extension provides the mechanisms necessary for an application to generate a valid XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR structure in order to create a Vulkan-based XrSession. Note that during this process the application is responsible for creating all the required Vulkan objects.

This extension also provides mechanisms for the application to interact with images acquired by calling xrEnumerateSwapchainImages.

In order to expose the structures, types, and functions of this extension, you must define XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_VULKAN before including the OpenXR platform header openxr_platform.h, in all portions of your library or application that include it.

Initialization Some of the requirements for creating a valid XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR include correct initialization of a VkInstance, VkPhysicalDevice, and VkDevice.

A runtime may require that the VkInstance be initialized to a specific vulkan API version. Additionally, the runtime may require a set of instance extensions to be enabled in the VkInstance. These requirements can be queried by the application using xrGetVulkanGraphicsRequirementsKHR and xrGetVulkanInstanceExtensionsKHR, respectively.

Similarly, the runtime may require the VkDevice to have a set of device extensions enabled, which can be queried using xrGetVulkanDeviceExtensionsKHR.

In order to satisfy the VkPhysicalDevice requirements, the application can query xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR to identify the correct VkPhysicalDevice.

Populating an XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR with a VkInstance, VkDevice, or VkPhysicalDevice that does not meet the requirements outlined by this extension may result in undefined behaviour by the OpenXR runtime.

The API version, instance extension, device extension and physical device requirements only apply to the VkInstance, VkDevice, and VkPhysicalDevice objects which the application wishes to associate with an XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR.

Concurrency

Vulkan requires that concurrent access to a VkQueue from multiple threads be externally synchronized. Therefore, OpenXR functions that may access the VkQueue specified in the XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR must also be externally synchronized.

The list of OpenXR functions where the OpenXR runtime may access the VkQueue are:

The runtime must not access the VkQueue in any OpenXR function that is not listed above or in an extension definition.

Swapchain Image Layout

When an application acquires a swapchain image by calling xrAcquireSwapchainImage in a session create using XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR, the OpenXR runtime must guarantee that:

  • The image has a memory layout compatible with VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • The VkQueue specified in XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR has ownership of the image.

When an application releases a swapchain image by calling xrReleaseSwapchainImage, in a session create using XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR, the OpenXR runtime must interpret the image as:

  • Having a memory layout compatible with VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL,

  • Being owned by the VkQueue specified in XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR.

The application is responsible for transitioning the swapchain image back to the image layout and queue ownership that the OpenXR runtime requires. If the image is not in a layout compatible with the above specifications the runtime may exhibit undefined behaviour.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_VULKAN_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_VULKAN_KHR

  • XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_VULKAN_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

The following structures are provided to supply supporting runtimes the necessary information required to work with the Vulkan API executing on certain operating systems.

The XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    VkInstance                  instance;
    VkPhysicalDevice            physicalDevice;
    VkDevice                    device;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                    queueIndex;
} XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • instance is a valid Vulkan VkInstance.

  • physicalDevice is a valid Vulkan VkPhysicalDevice.

  • device is a valid Vulkan VkDevice.

  • queueFamilyIndex is a valid queue family index on device.

  • queueIndex is a valid queue index on device to be used for synchronization.

When creating a Vulkan-backed XrSession, the application will provide a pointer to an XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR in the next chain of the XrSessionCreateInfo.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_vulkan_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_VULKAN_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • instance must be a valid VkInstance value

  • physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice value

  • device must be a valid VkDevice value

  • queueFamilyIndex must be a valid uint32_t value

  • queueIndex must be a valid uint32_t value

The XrSwapchainImageVulkanKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrSwapchainImageVulkanKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    VkImage               image;
} XrSwapchainImageVulkanKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • image is a valid Vulkan VkImage to use.

If a given session was created with XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR, the following conditions must apply.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the top-left corner of the swapchain image as the coordinate origin unless specified otherwise by extension functionality.

The OpenXR runtime must interpret the swapchain images in a clip space of positive Y pointing down, near Z plane at 0, and far Z plane at 1.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR {
    XrStructureType       type;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t              minApiVersionSupported;
    uint32_t              maxApiVersionSupported;
} XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • minApiVersionSupported is the minimum version of Vulkan that the runtime supports. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

  • maxApiVersionSupported is the maximum version of Vulkan that the runtime has been tested on and is known to support. Newer Vulkan versions might work if they are compatible. Uses XR_MAKE_VERSION on major and minor API version, ignoring any patch version component.

XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR is populated by xrGetVulkanGraphicsRequirementsKHR with the runtime’s Vulkan API version requirements.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_vulkan_enable extension must be enabled prior to using XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_VULKAN_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • minApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

  • maxApiVersionSupported must be a valid uint32_t value

New Functions

To query Vulkan API version requirements, call:

XrResult xrGetVulkanGraphicsRequirementsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR*            graphicsRequirements);
Parameter Descriptions

The xrGetVulkanGraphicsRequirementsKHR function identifies to the application the minimum Vulkan version requirement and the highest known tested Vulkan version. xrGetVulkanGraphicsRequirementsKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Some computer systems may have multiple graphics devices, each of which may have independent external display outputs. XR systems that connect to such graphics devices are typically connected to a single device. Applications need to know what graphics device the XR system is connected to so that they can use that graphics device to generate XR images.

To identify what graphics device needs to be used for an instance and system, call:

XrResult xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    VkInstance                                  vkInstance,
    VkPhysicalDevice*                           vkPhysicalDevice);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • systemId is an XrSystemId handle for the system which will be used to create a session.

  • vkInstance is a valid Vulkan VkInstance.

  • vkPhysicalDevice is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDevice value to populate.

xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR function identifies to the application what graphics device (Vulkan VkPhysicalDevice) needs to be used. xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR has to be called prior to calling xrCreateSession, and the VkPhysicalDevice that xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR returns should be passed to xrCreateSession in the XrGraphicsBindingVulkanKHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

XrResult xrGetVulkanInstanceExtensionsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    uint32_t                                    namesCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   namesCountOutput,
    char*                                       namesString);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • systemId is an XrSystemId handle for the system which will be used to create a session.

  • namesCapacityInput is the capacity of the namesString array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • namesCountOutput is a pointer to the count of characters written (including terminating \0), or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that namesCapacityInput is 0.

  • namesString is a pointer to an array of characters, but can be NULL if namesCapacityInput is 0. The format of the output is a single space (ASCII 0x20) delimited string of extension names.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required namesString size.

The xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR function identifies to the application what graphics device (Vulkan VkPhysicalDevice) needs to be used. xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR must be called prior to calling xrCreateSession, and the VkPhysicalDevice that xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR returns should be passed to xrCreateSession.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_vulkan_enable extension must be enabled prior to calling xrGetVulkanInstanceExtensionsKHR

  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • If namesCapacityInput is not 0, namesCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If namesCountOutput is not NULL, namesCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If namesCapacityInput is not 0, namesString must be a pointer to an array of namesCapacityInput null-terminated UTF-8 strings

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

XrResult xrGetVulkanDeviceExtensionsKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrSystemId                                  systemId,
    uint32_t                                    namesCapacityInput,
    uint32_t*                                   namesCountOutput,
    char*                                       namesString);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • systemId is an XrSystemId handle for the system which will be used to create a session.

  • namesCapacityInput is the capacity of the namesString array, or 0 to indicate a request to retrieve the required capacity.

  • namesCountOutput is a pointer to the count of characters written (including terminating \0), or a pointer to the required capacity in the case that namesCapacityInput is 0.

  • namesString is a pointer to an array of characters, but can be NULL if namesCapacityInput is 0. The format of the output is a single space (ASCII 0x20) delimited string of extension names.

  • See Buffer Size Parameters chapter for a detailed description of retrieving the required namesString size.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_vulkan_enable extension must be enabled prior to calling xrGetVulkanDeviceExtensionsKHR

  • instance must be a valid XrInstance handle

  • If namesCapacityInput is not 0, namesCapacityInput must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If namesCountOutput is not NULL, namesCountOutput must be a pointer to a uint32_t value

  • If namesCapacityInput is not 0, namesString must be a pointer to an array of namesCapacityInput null-terminated UTF-8 strings

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SYSTEM_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_SIZE_INSUFFICIENT

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-05-07 (Mark Young)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Replace session parameter with instance and systemId parameters.

    • Move xrGetVulkanDeviceExtensionsKHR, xrGetVulkanInstanceExtensionsKHR and xrGetVulkanGraphicsDeviceKHR functions into this extension

    • Add new XrGraphicsRequirementsVulkanKHR function.

  • Revision 3, 2018-11-15 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Specified the swapchain texture coordinate origin.

  • Revision 4, 2018-11-16 (Minmin Gong)

    • Specified Y direction and Z range in clip space

  • Revision 5, 2019-01-24 (Robert Menzel)

    • Description updated

  • Revision 6, 2019-01-25 (Andres Rodriguez)

    • Reword sections of the spec to shift requirements on to the runtime instead of the app

12.17. XR_KHR_vulkan_swapchain_format_list

Name String

XR_KHR_vulkan_swapchain_format_list

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

15

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
Last Modified Date

2017-09-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus
Dan Ginsburg, Valve

Overview

Vulkan has the VK_KHR_image_format_list extension which allows applications to tell the vkCreateImage function which formats the application intends to use when VK_IMAGE_USAGE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT is specified. This OpenXR extension exposes that Vulkan extension to OpenXR applications. In the same way that a Vulkan-based application can pass a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo struct to the vkCreateImage function, an OpenXR application can pass an identically configured XrVulkanSwapchainFormatListCreateInfoKHR struct to xrCreateSwapchain.

Applications using this extension to specify more than one swapchain format must create OpenXR swapchains with the XR_SWAPCHAIN_USAGE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT bit set.

Runtimes implementing this extension must support the XR_KHR_vulkan_enable extension and add VK_KHR_image_format_list to the list returned by xrGetVulkanDeviceExtensionsKHR, as the runtime will need to use that Vulkan extension.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

    XR_TYPE_VULKAN_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO_KHR

New Enums

New Structures

typedef struct XrVulkanSwapchainFormatListCreateInfoKHR {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    uint32_t                    viewFormatCount;
    const VkFormat*             viewFormats;
} XrVulkanSwapchainFormatListCreateInfoKHR;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • viewFormatCount is the number of view formats passed in viewFormats.

  • viewFormats is an array of VkFormat.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_KHR_vulkan_swapchain_format_list extension must be enabled prior to using XrVulkanSwapchainFormatListCreateInfoKHR

  • type must be XR_TYPE_VULKAN_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • next must be NULL

  • If viewFormatCount is not 0, viewFormatCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If viewFormatCount is not 0, viewFormats must be a pointer to an array of viewFormatCount VkFormat values

New Functions

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-09-13 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial proposal.

  • Revision 2, 2018-06-21 (Bryce Hutchings)

    • Update reference of XR_KHR_vulkan_extension_requirements to XR_KHR_vulkan_enable

12.18. XR_KHR_win32_convert_performance_counter_time

Name String

XR_KHR_win32_convert_performance_counter_time

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

36

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2019-01-24

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Paul Pedriana, Oculus

Overview

This extension provides two functions for converting between Windows QueryPerformanceCounter time and XrTime. The xrConvertWin32PerformanceCounterToTimeKHR function converts from Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter time to XrTime, while the xrConvertTimeToWin32PerformanceCounterKHR function converts XrTime to Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter time. The primary use case for this functionality is to be able to synchronize events between the local system and the OpenXR system.

New Object Types

New Flag Types

New Enum Constants

New Enums

New Structures

New Functions

To convert from Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter time to basetype::XrTime, call:

XrResult xrConvertWin32PerformanceCounterToTimeKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const LARGE_INTEGER*                        performanceCounter,
    XrTime*                                     time);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • performanceCounter is a time returned by QueryPerformanceCounter.

  • time is the resulting basetpe::XrTime that is equivalent to the performanceCounter.

The xrConvertWin32PerformanceCounterToTimeKHR function converts a time obtained by the Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter function to the equivalent basetype::XrTime.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

To convert from basetype::XrTime to Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter time, call:

XrResult xrConvertTimeToWin32PerformanceCounterKHR(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrTime                                      time,
    LARGE_INTEGER*                              performanceCounter);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is an XrInstance handle previously created with xrCreateInstance.

  • time is an basetype::XrTime.

  • performanceCounter is the resulting Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter time that is equivalent to the time.

The xrConvertTimeToWin32PerformanceCounterKHR function converts an basetype::XrTime to time as if generated by Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

Issues

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-01-24 (Paul Pedriana)

    • Initial draft

12.19. XR_EXT_debug_utils

Name String

XR_EXT_debug_utils

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

20

Revision

2

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2018-11-16

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Mark Young, LunarG
Karl Schultz, LunarG

Overview

Due to the nature of the OpenXR interface, there is very little error information available to the developer and application. By using the XR_EXT_debug_utils extension, developers can obtain more information. When combined with validation layers, even more detailed feedback on the application’s use of OpenXR will be provided.

This extension provides the following capabilities:

  • The ability to create a debug messenger which will pass along debug messages to an application supplied callback.

  • The ability to identify specific OpenXR handles using a name to improve tracking.

12.19.1. Object Debug Annotation

It can be useful for an application to provide its own content relative to a specific OpenXR handle.

Object Naming

xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT allows application developers to associate user-defined information with OpenXR handles.

This is useful when paired with the callback that you register when creating an XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object. When properly used, debug messages will contain not only the corresponding object handle, but the associated object name as well.

An application can change the name associated with an object simply by calling xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT again with a new string. If the objectName member of the XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structure is an empty string, then any previously set name is removed.

12.19.2. Debug Messengers

OpenXR allows an application to register arbitrary number of callbacks with all the OpenXR components wishing to report debug information. Some callbacks can log the information to a file, others can cause a debug break point or any other behavior defined by the application. A primary producer of callback messages are the validation layers. If the extension is enabled, an application can register callbacks even when no validation layers are enabled. The OpenXR loader, other layers, and runtimes may also produce callback messages.

The debug messenger will provide detailed feedback on the application’s use of OpenXR when events of interest occur. When an event of interest does occur, the debug messenger will submit a debug message to the debug callback that was provided during its creation. Additionally, the debug messenger is responsible with filtering out debug messages that the callback isn’t interested in and will only provide desired debug messages.

12.19.3. Debug Message Categorization

Messages that are triggered by the debug messenger are categorized by their message type and severity. Additionally, each message has a string value identifying its messageId. These 3 bits of information can be used to filter out messages so you only receive reports on the messages you desire. In fact, during debug messenger creation, the severity and type flag values are provided to indicate what messages should be allowed to trigger the user’s callback.

Message Type

The message type indicates the general category the message falls under. Currently we have the following message types:

Table 4. XR_EXT_debug_utils Message Type Flag Descriptions
Enum Description

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT

Specifies a general purpose event type. This is typically a non-validation, non-performance event.

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT

Specifies an event caused during a validation against the OpenXR specification that may indicate invalid OpenXR usage.

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_BIT_EXT

Specifies a potentially non-optimal use of OpenXR.

A message may correspond to more than one type. For example, if a validation warning also could impact performance, then the message might be identified with both the XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT and XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_BIT_EXT flag bits.

Message Severity

The severity of a message is a flag that indicates how important the message is using standard logging naming. The severity flag bit values are shown in the following table.

Table 5. XR_EXT_debug_utils Message Severity Flag Descriptions
Enum Description

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_VERBOSE_BIT_EXT

Specifies the most verbose output indicating all diagnostic messages from the OpenXR loader, layers, and drivers should be captured.

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_INFO_BIT_EXT

Specifies an informational message such as resource details that might be handy when debugging an application.

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT

Specifies use of OpenXR that could be an application bug. Such cases may not be immediately harmful, such as providing too many swapchain images. Other cases may point to behavior that is almost certainly bad when unintended, such as using a swapchain image whose memory has not been filled. In general, if you see a warning but you know that the behavior is intended/desired, then simply ignore the warning.

XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT

Specifies an error that may cause undefined behavior, including an application crash.

Note

The values of XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT are sorted based on severity. The higher the flag value, the more severe the message. This allows for simple boolean operation comparisons when looking at XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT values.

Message IDs

The XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT structure contains a messageId that may be a string identifying the message ID for the triggering debug message. This may be blank, or it may simply contain the name of an OpenXR component (like "OpenXR Loader"). However, when certain API layers or runtimes are used, especially the OpenXR core_validation API layer, then this value is intended to uniquely identify the message generated. If a certain warning/error message constantly fires, a user can simply look at the unique ID in their callback handler and manually filter it out.

For validation layers, this messageId value actually can be used to find the section of the OpenXR specification that the layer believes to have been violated. See the core_validation API Layer documentation for more information on how this can be done.

12.19.4. Session Labels

All OpenXR work is performed inside of an XrSession. There are times that it helps to label areas in your OpenXR session to allow easier debugging. This can be especially true if your application creates more than one session. There are two kinds of labels provided in this extension:

  • Region labels

  • Individual labels

To begin identifying a region using a debug label inside a session, you may use the xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT function. Calls to xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT may be nested allowing you to identify smaller and smaller labeled regions within your code. Using this, you can build a "call-stack" of sorts with labels since any logging callback will contain the list of all active session label regions.

To end the last session label region that was begun, you must call xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT. Each xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT must have a matching xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT. All of a session’s label region’s must be closed by the xrDestroySession function is called for the given XrSession.

An individual debug label may be inserted at any time using xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT. The xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT is used to indicate a particular location within the execution of the application’s session functions. The next call to xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT, xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT, or xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT overrides this value.

New Object Types

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT)

XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT represents a callback function and associated filters registered with the runtime.

New Flag Types

typedef XrFlags64 XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT;
// Flag bits for XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_VERBOSE_BIT_EXT = 0x00000001;
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_INFO_BIT_EXT = 0x00000010;
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT = 0x00000100;
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT = 0x00001000;
typedef XrFlags64 XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT;
// Flag bits for XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT = 0x00000001;
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT = 0x00000002;
static const XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_BIT_EXT = 0x00000004;

New Enum Constants

XrStructureType enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT

  • XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT

  • XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT

XrResult enumeration is extended with:

  • XR_ERROR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_INVALID_EXT

New Enums

New Structures

typedef struct XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    XrObjectType                objectType;
    uint64_t                    objectHandle;
    const char*                 objectName;
} XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • objectType is an XrObjectType specifying the type of the object to be named.

  • objectHandle is the object to be named.

  • objectName is a NULL terminated UTF-8 string specifying the name to apply to objectHandle.

Valid Usage
  • If objectType is XR_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN, objectHandle must not be XR_NULL_HANDLE

  • If objectType is not XR_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN, objectHandle must be XR_NULL_HANDLE or an OpenXR handle of the type associated with objectType

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_EXT_debug_utils extension must be enabled prior to using XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT

  • type must be XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT

  • next must be NULL

  • objectType must be a valid XrObjectType value

  • objectHandle must be a valid uint64_t value

  • If objectName is not NULL, objectName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

typedef struct XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT {
    XrStructureType             type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS    next;
    const char*                 labelName;
} XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • labelName is a NULL terminated UTF-8 string specifying the label name.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_EXT_debug_utils extension must be enabled prior to using XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT

  • type must be XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT

  • next must be NULL

  • labelName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

typedef struct XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT {
    XrStructureType                   type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS          next;
    const char*                       messageId;
    const char*                       functionName;
    const char*                       message;
    uint32_t                          objectCount;
    XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT*    objects;
    uint32_t                          sessionLabelCount;
    XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT*             sessionLabels;
} XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • messageId is a NULL terminated string that identifies the message in a unique way. If the callback is triggered by a validation layer, this string corresponds the Valid Usage ID (VUID) that can be used to jump to the appropriate location in the OpenXR specification. This value may be NULL if no unique message identifier is associated with the message.

  • functionName is a NULL terminated string that identifies the OpenXR function that was executing at the time the message callback was triggered. This value may be NULL in cases where it is difficult to determine the originating OpenXR function.

  • message is a NULL terminated string detailing the trigger conditions.

  • objectCount is a count of items contained in the objects array. This may be 0.

  • objects is a pointer to an array of XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT objects related to the detected issue. The array is roughly in order or importance, but the 0th element is always guaranteed to be the most important object for this message.

  • sessionLabelCount is a count of items contained in the sessionLabels array. This may be 0.

  • sessionLabels is a pointer to an array of XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT objects related to the detected issue. The array is roughly in order or importance, but the 0th element is always guaranteed to be the most important object for this message.

  • sessionLabels is NULL or a pointer to an array of XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT active in the current XrSession at the time the callback was triggered. Refer to Session Labels for more information.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • The XR_EXT_debug_utils extension must be enabled prior to using XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT

  • type must be XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT

  • next must be NULL

  • messageId must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • functionName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • message must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • If objectCount is not 0, objectCount must be a valid uint32_t value

  • If sessionLabelCount is not 0, sessionLabelCount must be a valid uint32_t value

An XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT is a messenger object that handles passing along debug messages to a provided debug callback.

Note

This structure should only be considered valid during the lifetime of the triggered callback.

The labels listed inside sessionLabels are organized in time order, with the most recently generated label appearing first, and the oldest label appearing last.

typedef struct XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT {
    XrStructureType                         type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS                next;
    XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT     messageSeverities;
    XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT         messageTypes;
    PFN_xrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT    userCallback;
    void* XR_MAY_ALIAS                      userData;
} XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • messageSeverities is a bitmask of XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT specifying which severity of event(s) that will cause this callback to be called.

  • messageTypes is a combination of XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT specifying which type of event(s) will cause this callback to be called.

  • userCallback is the application defined callback function to call.

  • userData is arbitrary user data to be passed to the callback.

Valid Usage
  • userCallback must be a valid PFN_xrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

For each XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT that is created the XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageSeverities and XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageTypes determine when that XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::userCallback is called. The process to determine if the user’s userCallback is triggered when an event occurs is as follows:

The callback will come directly from the component that detected the event, unless some other layer intercepts the calls for its own purposes (filter them in a different way, log to a system error log, etc.).

An application can receive multiple callbacks if multiple XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT objects are created. A callback will always be executed in the same thread as the originating OpenXR call.

Note

A callback can be called from multiple threads simultaneously if the application is making OpenXR calls from multiple threads.

New Functions

XrResult xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT*        nameInfo);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the XrInstance that the object was created under.

  • nameInfo is a pointer to an instance of the XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structure specifying the parameters of the name to set on the object.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Host Synchronization
  • Host access to nameInfo.objectHandle must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Applications may change the name associated with an object simply by calling xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT again with a new string. If XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT::objectName is an empty string, then any previously set name is removed.

XrResult xrCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    const XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT*   createInfo,
    XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT*                   messenger);
Parameter Descriptions
  • instance is the instance the messenger will be used with.

  • createInfo points to an XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure, which contains the callback pointer as well as defines the conditions under which this messenger will trigger the callback.

  • messenger is a pointer to which the created XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_LIMIT_REACHED

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

The application must ensure that xrCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT is not executed in parallel with any OpenXR function that is also called with instance or child of instance as the dispatchable argument.

When an event of interest occurs a debug messenger calls its createInfo->userCallback with a debug message from the producer of the event. Additionally, the debug messenger must filter out any debug messages that the application’s callback is not interested in based on XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT flags, as described below.

XrResult xrDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(
    XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT                    messenger);
Parameter Descriptions
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_INVALID_EXT

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

The application must ensure that xrDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT is not executed in parallel with any OpenXR function that is also called with instance or child of instance as the dispatchable argument.

XrResult                                    xrSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT(
    XrInstance                                  instance,
    XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT         messageSeverity,
    XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT             messageTypes,
    const XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT* callbackData);
Parameter Descriptions
Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_INSTANCE_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

The application can also produce a debug message, and submit it into the OpenXR messaging system.

The call will propagate through the layers and generate callback(s) as indicated by the message’s flags. The parameters are passed on to the callback in addition to the userData value that was defined at the time the messenger was created.

XrResult xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 labelInfo);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the XrSession that a label region should be associated with.

  • labelInfo is the XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT containing the label information for the region that should be begun.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

The xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT function begins a label region within session.

XrResult xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(
    XrSession                                   session);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the XrSession that a label region should be associated with.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

This function ends the last label region begun with the xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT function within the same session.

XrResult xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    const XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 labelInfo);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is the XrSession that a label region should be associated with.

  • labelInfo is the XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT containing the label information for the region that should be begun.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

The xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT function inserts an individual label within session. The individual labels are useful for different reasons based on the type of debugging scenario. When used with something active like a profiler or debugger, it identifies a single point of time. When used with logging, the individual label identifies that a particular location has been passed at the point the log message is triggered. Because of this usage, individual labels only exist in a log until the next call to any of the label functions:

New Function Pointers

typedef XrBool32 (XRAPI_PTR *PFN_xrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT)(
            XrDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT              messageSeverity,
            XrDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT                  messageTypes,
            const XrDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT*      callbackData,
            void*                                            userData);
Parameter Descriptions

The callback must not call xrDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT.

The callback returns an XrBool32 that indicates to the calling layer the application’s desire to abort the call. A value of XR_TRUE indicates that the application wants to abort this call. If the application returns XR_FALSE, the function must not be aborted. Applications should always return XR_FALSE so that they see the same behavior with and without validation layers enabled.

If the application returns XR_TRUE from its callback and the OpenXR call being aborted returns an XrResult, the layer will return XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE.

The object pointed to by callbackData (and any pointers in it recursively) must be valid during the lifetime of the triggered callback. It may become invalid afterwards.

Examples

Example 1

XR_EXT_debug_utils allows an application to register multiple callbacks with any OpenXR component wishing to report debug information. Some callbacks may log the information to a file, others may cause a debug break point or other application defined behavior. An application can register callbacks even when no validation layers are enabled, but they will only be called for loader and, if implemented, driver events.

To capture events that occur while creating or destroying an instance an application can link an XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure to the next element of the XrInstanceCreateInfo structure given to xrCreateInstance. This callback is only valid for the duration of the xrCreateInstance and the xrDestroyInstance call. Use xrCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT to create persistent callback objects.

Example uses: Create three callback objects. One will log errors and warnings to the debug console using Windows OutputDebugString. The second will cause the debugger to break at that callback when an error happens and the third will log warnings to stdout.

    XrInstance instance; // previously initialized
    XrResult res;
    XrDebugUtilsMessengerEXT messenger1, messenger2, messenger3;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_xrCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT;
    res = xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT", reinterpret_cast<PFN_xrVoidFunction*>(&pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT));
    PFN_xrDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT;
    res = xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT", reinterpret_cast<PFN_xrVoidFunction*>(&pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT));

    XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT callback1 = {
            XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT,      // type
            NULL,                                               // next
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT |     // messageSeverities
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT,
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT |       // messageTypes
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT,
            myOutputDebugString,                                // userCallback
            NULL                                                // userData
    };
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback1, &messenger1);
    if (res != XR_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling
    }

    callback1.messageSeverities = XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT;
    callback1.userCallback = myDebugBreak;
    callback1.userData = NULL;
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback1, &messenger2);
    if (res != XR_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling
    }

    XrDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT callback3 = {
            XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT,      // type
            NULL,                                               // next
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT,    // messageSeverities
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT |       // messageTypes
            XR_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT,
            myStdOutLogger,                                     // userCallback
            NULL                                                // userData
    };
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback3, &messenger3);
    if (res != XR_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling
    }

    // ...

    // Remove callbacks when cleaning up
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(messenger1);
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(messenger2);
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(messenger3);

Example 2

Associate a name with an XrSpace, for easier debugging in external tools or with validation layers that can print a friendly name when referring to objects in error messages.

    extern XrInstance instance;
    extern XrSpace space;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT pfnSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT;
    xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT", reinterpret_cast<PFN_xrVoidFunction*>(&pfnSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT));

    // Set a name on the space
    const XrDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT spaceNameInfo =
    {
        XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT, // type
        NULL,                                     // next
        XR_OBJECT_TYPE_SPACE,                     // objectType
        (uint64_t)space,                          // objectHandle
        "My Object-Specific Space",               // objectName
    };

    pfnSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT(instance, &spaceNameInfo);

    // A subsequent error might print:
    //   Space "My Object-Specific Space" (0xc0dec0dedeadbeef) is used
    //   with an XrSession that is not it's parent.

Example 3

Labeling the workload with naming information so that any form of analysis can display a more usable visualization of where actions occur in the lifetime of a session.

    extern XrInstance              instance;
    extern XrSession               session;
    extern XrSessionBeginInfo      session_begin_info;
    extern XrFrameBeginInfo        begin_frame_info;
    extern XrFrameEndInfo          end_frame_info;
    extern XrFrameWaitInfo         wait_frame_info;
    extern XrFrameState            frame_state;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT pfn_xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT = (PFN_xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT)xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT");
    PFN_xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT   pfn_xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT   = (PFN_xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT)xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT");
    PFN_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT      pfn_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT      = (PFN_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT)xrGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT");

    const XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT session_active_region_label =
    {
        XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT, // type
        NULL,                          // next
        "Session active",              // labelName
    };

    xrSessionBegin(session, &session_begin_info);

    // Start an annotated region of calls under the 'Session Active' name
    pfn_xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(session, &session_active_region_label);

    // Brackets added for clarity
    {
        XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT individual_label =
        {
            XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT, // type
            NULL,                          // next
            "WaitFrame",                   // labelName
        };

        const char wait_frame_label[] = "WaitFrame";
        individual_label.labelName = wait_frame_label;
        pfn_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(session, individual_label);
        xrWaitFrame(session, &wait_frame_info, &frame_state);

        // Do stuff 1

        const XrDebugUtilsLabelEXT session_frame_region_label =
        {
            XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT, // type
            NULL,                          // next
            "Session Frame 123",           // labelName
        };


        // Start an annotated region of calls under the 'Session Frame 123' name
        pfn_xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(session, &session_frame_region_label);

        // Brackets added for clarity
        {

            const char begin_frame_label[] = "BeginFrame";
            individual_label.labelName = begin_frame_label;
            pfn_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(session, individual_label);
            xrBeginFrame(session, &begin_frame_info);

            // Do stuff 2

            const char end_frame_label[] = "EndFrame";
            individual_label.labelName = end_frame_label;
            pfn_xrSessionInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(session, individual_label);
            xrEndFrame(session, &end_frame_info);
        }

        // End the session/begun region started above (in this case it's the "Session Frame 123" label)
        pfn_xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(session);
    }

    // End the session/begun region started above (in this case it's the "Session Active" label)
    pfn_xrSessionEndDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT(session);

    vkEndSession(session);

In the above example, if an error occurred in the "// Do stuff 1" section, then your debug utils callback would contain the following data in its sessionLabels array: [0] = individual_label with labelName = "WaitFrame" [1] = session_active_region_label with labelName = "Session active"

However, if an error occurred in the "// Do stuff 2" section, then your debug utils callback would contain the following data in its sessionLabels array: [0] = individual_label with labelName = "BeginFrame" [1] = session_frame_region_label with labelName = "Session Frame 123" [2] = session_active_region_label with labelName = "Session active"

You’ll notice that "WaitFrame" is no longer available as soon as the next call to another function like xrSessionBeginDebugUtilsLabelRegionEXT.

Issues

None

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-02-19 (Mark Young / Karl Schultz)

    • Initial draft, based on VK_EXT_debug_utils.

  • Revision 2, 2018-11-16 (Mark Young)

    • Clean up some language based on changes going into the Vulkan VK_EXT_debug_utils extension by Peter Kraus (aka @krOoze).

    • Added session labels

12.20. XR_EXT_performance_settings

Name String

XR_EXT_performance_settings

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

16

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2017-11-30

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Armelle Laine, Qualcomm Technologies Inc, on behalf of Qualcomm Innovation Center, Inc

12.20.1. Overview

This extension defines an API for the application to give performance hints to the runtime and for the runtime to send performance related notifications back to the application. This allows both sides to dial in a suitable compromise between needed CPU and GPU performance, thermal sustainability and a consistent good user experience throughout the session.

The goal is to render frames consistently, in time, under varying system load without consuming more energy than necessary.

In summary, the APIs allow:

  • setting performance level hints

  • receiving performance related notifications

12.20.2. Setting Performance Levels Hints

Performance level hint definition

The XR performance level hints for a given hardware system are expressed as a level XrPerfSettingsLevelEXT for each of the XR-critical processing domains XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT (currently defined is a CPU and a GPU domain):

typedef enum XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsLevelEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_POWER_SAVINGS_EXT = 0,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_LOW_EXT = 25,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT = 50,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_BOOST_EXT = 75,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsLevelEXT;

This extension defines platform-independent level hints:

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_POWER_SAVINGS_EXT is used by the application to indicate that it enters a non-XR section (head-locked / static screen), during which power savings are to be prioritized. Consistent XR compositing, consistent frame rendering, and low latency are not needed.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_LOW_EXT is used by the application to indicate that it enters a low and stable complexity section, during which reducing power is more important than occasional late rendering frames. With such a hint, the XR Runtime still strives for consistent XR compositing (no tearing) within a thermally sustainable range(*), but is allowed to take measures to reduce power, such as increasing latencies or reducing headroom.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT is used by the application to indicate that it enters a high or dynamic complexity section, during which the XR Runtime strives for consistent XR compositing and frame rendering within a thermally sustainable range(*).

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_BOOST_EXT is used to indicate that the application enters a section with very high complexity, during which the XR Runtime is allowed to step up beyond the thermally sustainable range. As not thermally sustainable, this level is meant to be used for short-term durations (< 30 seconds).

(*) If the application chooses one of the two sustainable levels (XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_LOW_EXT or XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT), the device may still run into thermal limits under non-nominal circumstances (high room temperature, additional background loads, extended device operation) and therefore the application should also in the sustainable modes be prepared to react to performance notifications (in particular XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT and XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT in the thermal sub-domain, see Notification level definition).

The XR Runtime shall select XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT as the default hint if the application does not provide any. The function to call for setting performance level hints is xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT.

XrResult xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT                     domain,
    XrPerfSettingsLevelEXT                      level);
Example of using the short-term boost level hint

For a limited amount of time, both the Mobile and PC systems can provide a higher level of performance than is thermally sustainable. It is desirable to make this extra computational power available for short complex scenes, then go back to a sustainable lower level. This section describes means for the application developer to apply settings directing the runtime to boost performance for a short-term duration.

The application developer must pay attention to keep these boost periods very short and carefully monitor the side effects, which may vary a lot between different hardware systems.

Sample code for temporarily boosting the performance
extern XrSession session; (1)
// before entering the high complexity section
xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_BOOST_EXT); (2)
xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_BOOST_EXT);

// entering the high complexity section
// ... running
// end of the high complexity section

xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT); (3)
xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT);
1 we assume that session is initialized and its handle is available
2 setting performance level to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_BOOST_EXT on both CPU and GPU domains
3 going back to the sustainable XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT
Example of using the sustained low level hint for the CPU domain
power reduction sample code
extern XrSession session; (1)
// before entering a low CPU complexity section
xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_LOW_EXT);
xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT); (2)

// entering the low complexity section
// ... running
// end of the low complexity section

xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(session, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT); (3)
1 we assume that session is initialized and its handle is available
2 the developer may choose to only reduce CPU domain and keep the GPU domain at XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT
3 going back to the sustainable XR_PERF_SETTINGS_LEVEL_SUSTAINED_HIGH_EXT for CPU

The XR runtime shall provide performance related notifications to the application in the following situations:

  • the compositing performance within the runtime has reached a new level, either improved or degraded from the previous one (subDomain is set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_COMPOSITING_EXT)

  • the application rendering performance has reached a new level, either improved or degraded from the previous one (subDomain is set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_RENDERING_EXT)

  • the temperature of the device has reached a new level, either improved or degraded from the previous one (subDomain is set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_THERMAL_EXT).

When degradation is observed, the application should take measures reducing its workload, helping the compositing or rendering subDomain to meet their deadlines, or the thermal subDomain to avoid or stop throttling. When improvement is observed, the application can potentially rollback some of its mitigations.

typedef struct XrEventDataPerfSettingsEXT {
    XrStructureType                       type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS              next;
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT               domain;
    XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT            subDomain;
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT    fromLevel;
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT    toLevel;
} XrEventDataPerfSettingsEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_COMPOSITING_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_RENDERING_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_THERMAL_EXT = 3,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT;
Compositing Sub-Domain

One of the major functions the runtime shall provide is the timely compositing of the submitted layers in the background. The runtime has to share the CPU and GPU system resources for this operation with the application. Since this is extremely time sensitive - the head room is only a few milliseconds - the runtime may have to ask the application via notifications to cooperate and relinquish some usage of the indicated resource (CPU or GPU domain). Performance issues in this area that the runtime notices are notified to the application with the subDomain set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_COMPOSITING_EXT.

Rendering Sub-Domain

The application submits rendered layers to the runtime for compositing. Performance issues in this area that the runtime notices (i.e. missing submission deadlines) are notified to the application with the subDomain set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_RENDERING_EXT.

Thermal Sub-Domain

XR applications run at a high-performance level during long periods of time, across a game or an entire movie session. As form factors shrink, especially on mobile solutions, the risk of reaching die thermal runaway or reaching the limits on skin and battery temperatures increases. When thermal limits are reached, the device mitigates the heat generation leading to severe performance reductions, which greatly affects user experience (dropped frames, high latency).

Better than dropping frames when it is too late, pro-active measures from the application should be encouraged.

The performance notification with the subDomain set to XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_THERMAL_EXT provides an early warning allowing the application to take mitigation actions.

Notification level definition

The levels are defined as follows:

typedef enum XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT = 0,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT = 25,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT = 75,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIFICATION_LEVEL_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT;
  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT notifies that the sub-domain has reached a level where no further actions other than currently applied are necessary.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT notifies that the sub-domain has reached an early warning level where the application should start proactive mitigation actions with the goal to return to the XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT level.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT notifies that the sub-domain has reached a critical level with significant performance degradation. The application should take drastic mitigation action.

The above definitions summarize the broad interpretation of the notification levels, however sub-domain specific definitions of each level and their transitions are specified below:

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT

    • For the compositing sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT indicates that the composition headroom is consistently being met with sufficient margin.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that the composition headroom was consistently met with sufficient margin during a sufficient time period.

    • For the rendering sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT indicates that frames are being submitted in time to be used by the compositor.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that during a sufficient time period, none of the due layers was too late to be picked up by the compositor.

    • For the thermal sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT indicates that the current load should be sustainable in the near future.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that the runtime does not presuppose any further temperature mitigation action on the application side, other than the current ones.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT

    • For the compositing sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that the compositing headroom of the current frame was met but the margin is considered insufficient by the runtime, and the application should reduce its workload in the notified domain to solve this problem.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that the compositing deadline was not missed during a sufficient time period.

    • For the rendering sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that at least one layer is regularly late to be picked up by the compositor, resulting in a degraded user experience, and that the application should take action to consistently provide frames in a more timely manner.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that the runtime has stopped any of its own independent actions which are tied to the XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT level.

    • For the thermal sub-domain, the XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT indicates that the runtime expects the device to overheat under the current load, and that the application should take mitigating action in order to prevent thermal throttling.
      Getting into XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT from XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that the underlying system thermal throttling has stopped.

  • XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT

    • For the compositing sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that composition can no longer be maintained under the current workload. The runtime may take independent action that will interfere with the application (e.g. limiting the framerate, ignoring submitted layers, or shutting down the application) in order to correct this problem.

    • For the rendering sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that at least one layer is too often late to be picked up by the compositor, and consequently the runtime may take independent action that will interfere with the application (e.g. informing the user that the application is not responding, displaying a tracking environment in order to maintain user orientation).

    • For the thermal sub-domain, XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that the underlying system is taking measures, such as thermal throttling to reduce the temperature, impacting the XR experience.​

Leaving XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT indicates that any mitigating actions by the runtime (e.g. down-clocking the device to stay within thermal limits) have ended.​

Performance Settings API Reference


xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT
XrResult xrPerfSettingsSetPerformanceLevelEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT                     domain,
    XrPerfSettingsLevelEXT                      level);
Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a valid XrSession handle.

  • domain: the processing domain for which the level hint is applied

  • level: the level hint to be applied

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

Refer to Performance level hint definition for the definition of the level enumerations.


XrEventDataPerformanceSettingsEXT
typedef struct XrEventDataPerfSettingsEXT {
    XrStructureType                       type;
    const void* XR_MAY_ALIAS              next;
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT               domain;
    XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT            subDomain;
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT    fromLevel;
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT    toLevel;
} XrEventDataPerfSettingsEXT;
Member Descriptions
  • type is the XrStructureType of this structure.

  • next is NULL or a pointer to an extension-specific structure.

  • domain : processing domain in which a threshold has been crossed

  • subDomain : system area in which a threshold has been crossed

  • fromLevel : enumerated notification level which has been exited

  • toLevel : enumerated notification level which has been entered

Valid Usage (Implicit)
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_COMPOSITING_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_RENDERING_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_THERMAL_EXT = 3,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_SUB_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsSubDomainEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT = 0,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT = 25,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT = 75,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIFICATION_LEVEL_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT;

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-11-30 (Armelle Laine)

12.21. XR_EXT_thermal_query

Name String

XR_EXT_thermal_query

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

17

Revision

1

Extension and Version Dependencies
  • Requires OpenXR 0.90

Last Modified Date

2017-11-30

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

Armelle Laine, Qualcomm Technologies Inc, on behalf of Qualcomm Innovation Center, Inc

12.21.1. Overview

This extension provides an API to query a domain’s current thermal warning level and current thermal trend.

12.21.2. Querying the current thermal level and trend

This query allows to determine the extent and urgency of the needed workload reduction and to verify that the mitigation measures efficiently reduce the temperature.
This query allows the application to retrieve the current notificationLevel, allowing to quickly verify whether the underlying system’s thermal throttling is still in effect.
It also provides the application with the remaining temperature headroom (tempHeadroom) until thermal throttling occurs, and the current rate of change (tempSlope).
The most critical temperature of the domain is the one which is currently most likely to be relevant for thermal throttling.

To query the status of a given domain:

XrResult xrThermalGetTemperatureTrendEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT                     domain,
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT*         notificationLevel,
    float*                                      tempHeadroom,
    float*                                      tempSlope);
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT = 0,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT = 25,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT = 75,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIFICATION_LEVEL_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT;

For the definition of the notification levels, see Notification level definition

Thermal Query API Reference

xrThermalGetTemperatureTrendEXT
XrResult xrThermalGetTemperatureTrendEXT(
    XrSession                                   session,
    XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT                     domain,
    XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT*         notificationLevel,
    float*                                      tempHeadroom,
    float*                                      tempSlope);

Allows to query the current temperature warning level of a domain, the remaining headroom and the trend.

Parameter Descriptions
  • session is a valid XrSession handle.

  • domain : the processing domain

  • notificationLevel : the current warning level

  • tempHeadroom : temperature headroom in degrees Celsius, expressing how far the most-critical temperature of the domain is from its thermal throttling threshold temperature.

  • tempSlope : the current trend in degrees Celsius per second of the most critical temperature of the domain.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
Return Codes
Success
  • XR_SUCCESS

Failure
  • XR_ERROR_SESSION_LOST

  • XR_ERROR_HANDLE_INVALID

  • XR_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_RUNTIME_FAILURE

  • XR_ERROR_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED

typedef enum XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_CPU_EXT = 1,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_GPU_EXT = 2,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_DOMAIN_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsDomainEXT;
typedef enum XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT {
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_NORMAL_EXT = 0,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_WARNING_EXT = 25,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIF_LEVEL_IMPAIRED_EXT = 75,
    XR_PERF_SETTINGS_NOTIFICATION_LEVEL_MAX_ENUM_EXT = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrPerfSettingsNotificationLevelEXT;

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-11-30 (Armelle Laine)

Appendix

Code Style Conventions

These are the code style conventions used in this specification to define the API.

Conventions
  • Enumerants and defines are all upper case with words separated by an underscore.

  • Neither type, function or member names contain underscores.

  • Structure members start with a lower case character and each consecutive word starts with a capital.

  • A structure that has a pointer to an array includes a structure member named fooCount of type uint32_t to denote the number of elements in the array of foo.

  • A structure that has a pointer to an array lists the fooCount member first and then the array pointer.

  • Unless a negative value has a clearly defined meaning all fooCount variables are unsigned.

  • Function parameters that are modified are always listed last.

Prefixes are used in the API to denote specific semantic meaning of names, or as a label to avoid name clashes, and are explained here:

Prefix Description

XR_

Enumerants and defines are prefixed with these characters.

Xr

Non-function-pointer types are prefixed with these characters.

xr

Functions are prefixed with these characters.

PFN_xr

Function pointer types are prefixed with these characters.

Application Binary Interface

This section describes additional definitions and conventions that define the application binary interface.

Structure Types

typedef enum XrStructureType {
    XR_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XR_TYPE_API_LAYER_PROPERTIES = 1,
    XR_TYPE_EXTENSION_PROPERTIES = 2,
    XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO = 3,
    XR_TYPE_SYSTEM_GET_INFO = 4,
    XR_TYPE_SYSTEM_PROPERTIES = 5,
    XR_TYPE_VIEW_LOCATE_INFO = 6,
    XR_TYPE_VIEW = 7,
    XR_TYPE_SESSION_CREATE_INFO = 8,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO = 9,
    XR_TYPE_SESSION_BEGIN_INFO = 10,
    XR_TYPE_VIEW_STATE = 11,
    XR_TYPE_FRAME_END_INFO = 12,
    XR_TYPE_HAPTIC_VIBRATION = 13,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_BUFFER = 16,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INSTANCE_LOSS_PENDING = 17,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED = 18,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_BOOLEAN = 23,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_VECTOR1F = 24,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_VECTOR2F = 25,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_STATE_POSE = 27,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_SET_CREATE_INFO = 28,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_CREATE_INFO = 29,
    XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_PROPERTIES = 32,
    XR_TYPE_FRAME_WAIT_INFO = 33,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_PROJECTION = 35,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_QUAD = 36,
    XR_TYPE_REFERENCE_SPACE_CREATE_INFO = 37,
    XR_TYPE_ACTION_SPACE_CREATE_INFO = 38,
    XR_TYPE_SPACE_RELATION = 39,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_REFERENCE_SPACE_CHANGE_PENDING = 40,
    XR_TYPE_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_VIEW = 41,
    XR_TYPE_FRAME_STATE = 44,
    XR_TYPE_VIEW_CONFIGURATION_PROPERTIES = 45,
    XR_TYPE_FRAME_BEGIN_INFO = 46,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_PROJECTION_VIEW = 48,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_EVENTS_LOST = 49,
    XR_TYPE_INTERACTION_PROFILE_SUGGESTED_BINDING = 51,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_INTERACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED = 52,
    XR_TYPE_INTERACTION_PROFILE_INFO = 53,
    XR_TYPE_ACTIVE_ACTION_SET = 54,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_ACQUIRE_INFO = 55,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_WAIT_INFO = 56,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_RELEASE_INFO = 57,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CUBE_KHR = 1000006000,
    XR_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO_ANDROID_KHR = 1000008000,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_DEPTH_INFO_KHR = 1000010000,
    XR_TYPE_VULKAN_SWAPCHAIN_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000014000,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_PERF_SETTINGS_EXT = 1000015000,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_CYLINDER_KHR = 1000017000,
    XR_TYPE_COMPOSITION_LAYER_EQUIRECT_KHR = 1000018000,
    XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT = 1000019000,
    XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT = 1000019001,
    XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000019002,
    XR_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT = 1000019003,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_WIN32_KHR = 1000023000,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XLIB_KHR = 1000023001,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_XCB_KHR = 1000023002,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_WAYLAND_KHR = 1000023003,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPENGL_KHR = 1000023004,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_KHR = 1000023005,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_OPENGL_ES_ANDROID_KHR = 1000024001,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_OPENGL_ES_KHR = 1000024002,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_OPENGL_ES_KHR = 1000024003,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_VULKAN_KHR = 1000025000,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_VULKAN_KHR = 1000025001,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_VULKAN_KHR = 1000025002,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D10_KHR = 1000026000,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D10_KHR = 1000026001,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D10_KHR = 1000026002,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D11_KHR = 1000027000,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D11_KHR = 1000027001,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D11_KHR = 1000027002,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_BINDING_D3D12_KHR = 1000028000,
    XR_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_IMAGE_D3D12_KHR = 1000028001,
    XR_TYPE_GRAPHICS_REQUIREMENTS_D3D12_KHR = 1000028002,
    XR_TYPE_VISIBILITY_MASK_KHR = 1000031000,
    XR_TYPE_EVENT_DATA_VISIBILITY_MASK_CHANGED_KHR = 1000031001,
    XR_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAX_ENUM = 0x7FFFFFFF
} XrStructureType;

Most structures containing type members have a value of type matching the type of the structure, as described more fully in Valid Usage for Structure Types.

Note that all extension enums begin at the extension enum base of 110 (base 10). Each extension is assigned a block of 1000 enums, starting at the enum base and arranged by the extension’s index.

For example, if an extension with index 5 wants to use an enum value of 3, the final enum is computed by:

enum = enum_base + (enum_index - 1) * 1000 + enum_value 1000004003 = 1000000000 + 4 * 1000 + 3

Flag Types

Flag types are all bitmasks aliasing the base type XrFlags64 and with corresponding bit flag types defining the valid bits for that flag, as described in Valid Usage for Flags. Flag types supported by the API include:

typedef XrFlags64 XrCompositionLayerFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrInputSourceLocalizedNameFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrInstanceCreateFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrSessionCreateFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrSpaceRelationFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrSwapchainCreateFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrSwapchainUsageFlags;
typedef XrFlags64 XrViewStateFlags;

General Macro Definitions

This API is defined in C and uses "C" linkage. The openxr.h header file is opened with:

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

and closed with:

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

The supplied openxr.h header defines a small number of C preprocessor macros that are described below.

Version Number Macros

Two version numbers are defined in openxr.h. Each is packed into a 32-bit integer as described in API Version Number Function-like Macros.

// OpenXR current version number.
#define XR_CURRENT_API_VERSION XR_MAKE_VERSION(0, 90, 1)

XR_CURRENT_API_VERSION is the current version of the OpenXR API.

// Version of this file
#define XR_HEADER_VERSION 43

XR_HEADER_VERSION is the version number of the openxr.h header. This value is currently kept synchronized with the release number of the Specification. However, it is not guaranteed to remain synchronized, since most Specification updates have no effect on openxr.h.

API Version Number Function-like Macros

API Version Numbers are three components, packed into a single 32-bit integer. The following macros manipulate version components and packed version numbers.

#define XR_MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, patch) \
    (((major) << 22) | ((minor) << 12) | (patch))
Parameter Descriptions
  • major is the major version number.

  • minor is the minor version number.

  • patch is the patch version number.

XR_MAKE_VERSION constructs a packed 32-bit integer API version number from three components. The format used is described in API Version Numbers and Semantics.

This macro can be used when constructing the XrApplicationInfo::apiVersion parameter passed to xrCreateInstance.

#define XR_VERSION_MAJOR(version) ((uint32_t)(version) >> 22)
Parameter Descriptions
  • version is a packed version number, such as those produced with XR_MAKE_VERSION.

XR_VERSION_MAJOR extracts the API major version number from a packed version number.

#define XR_VERSION_MINOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 12) & 0x3ff)
Parameter Descriptions
  • version is a packed version number, such as those produced with XR_MAKE_VERSION.

XR_VERSION_MINOR extracts the API minor version number from a packed version number.

#define XR_VERSION_PATCH(version) ((uint32_t)(version) & 0xfff)
Parameter Descriptions
  • version is a packed version number, such as those produced with XR_MAKE_VERSION.

XR_VERSION_PATCH extracts the API patch version number from a packed version number.

Handle and Atom Macros
#if !defined(XR_DEFINE_HANDLE)
#if (XR_PTR_SIZE == 8)
    #define XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* object;
#else
    #define XR_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef uint64_t object;
#endif
#endif
Parameter Descriptions
  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

XR_DEFINE_HANDLE defines a handle type, which is an opaque 64 bit value, which may be implemented as an opaque, distinct pointer type on platforms with 64 bit pointers.

For further details, see Handles.

#if !defined(XR_NULL_HANDLE)
#if (XR_PTR_SIZE == 8) && XR_CPP_NULLPTR_SUPPORTED
    #define XR_NULL_HANDLE nullptr
#else
    #define XR_NULL_HANDLE 0
#endif
#endif

XR_NULL_HANDLE is a reserved value representing a non-valid object handle. It may be passed to and returned from API functions only when specifically allowed.

#if !defined(XR_DEFINE_ATOM)
    #define XR_DEFINE_ATOM(object) typedef uint64_t object;
#endif
Parameter Descriptions
  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

XR_DEFINE_ATOM defines an atom type, which is an opaque 64 bit integer.

Platform-Specific Macro Definitions

Additional platform-specific macros and interfaces are defined using the included openxr_platform.h file. These macros are used to control platform-dependent behavior, and their exact definitions are under the control of specific platform implementations of the API.

Platform-Specific Calling Conventions

On many platforms the following macros are empty strings, causing platform- and compiler-specific default calling conventions to be used.

XRAPI_ATTR is a macro placed before the return type of an API function declaration. This macro controls calling conventions for C++11 and GCC/Clang-style compilers.

XRAPI_CALL is a macro placed after the return type of an API function declaration. This macro controls calling conventions for MSVC-style compilers.

XRAPI_PTR is a macro placed between the ( and * in API function pointer declarations. This macro also controls calling conventions, and typically has the same definition as XRAPI_ATTR or XRAPI_CALL, depending on the compiler.

Examples:

Function declaration:

XRAPI_ATTR <return_type> XRAPI_CALL <function_name>(<function_parameters>);

Function pointer type declaration:

typedef <return_type> (XRAPI_PTR *PFN_<function_name>(<function_parameters>);
Platform-Specific Header Control

If the XR_NO_STDINT_H macro is defined by the application at compile time, before including any OpenXR header, extended integer types normally found in <stdint.h> and used by the OpenXR headers, such as uint8_t, must also be defined (as typedef or with the preprocessor) before including any OpenXR header. Otherwise, openxr.h and related headers will not compile. If XR_NO_STDINT_H is not defined, the system-provided <stdint.h> is used to define these types. There is a fallback path for Microsoft Visual Studio version 2008 and earlier versions (which lack this header) that is automatically activated as needed.

Graphics API Header Control
Compile Time Symbol Graphics API Name

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_OPENGL

OpenGL

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_OPENGL_ES

OpenGL ES

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_VULKAN

Vulkan

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D10

Direct3D 10.x

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D11

Direct3D 11

XR_USE_GRAPHICS_API_D3D12

Direct3D 12

Window System Header Control
Compile Time Symbol Window System Name

XR_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32

Microsoft Windows

XR_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB

X Window System Xlib

XR_USE_PLATFORM_XCB

X Window System Xcb

XR_USE_PLATFORM_WAYLAND

Wayland

XR_USE_PLATFORM_ANDROID

Android Native

Glossary

The terms defined in this section are used throughout this Specification. Capitalization is not significant for these definitions.

Term Description

Application

The XR application which calls the OpenXR API to communicate with an OpenXR runtime.

Deprecated

A feature/extension is deprecated if it is no longer recommended as the correct or best way to achieve its intended purpose. Generally a newer feature/extension will have been created that solves the same problem - in cases where no newer alternative feature exists, justification should be provided.

Handle

An opaque integer or pointer value used to refer to an object. Each object type has a unique handle type.

Haptic

Haptic or kinesthetic communication recreates the sense of touch by applying forces, vibrations, or motions to the user.

In-Process

Something that executes in the application’s process.

Instance

The top-level object, which represents the application’s connection to the runtime. Represented by an XrInstance object.

Normalized

A value that is interpreted as being in the range [0,1], or a vector whose norm is in that range, as a result of being implicitly divided or scaled by some other value.

Out-Of-Process

Something that executes outside the application’s process.

Promoted

A feature is promoted if it is taken from an older extension and made available as part of a new core version of the API, or a newer extension that is considered to be either as widely supported or more so. A promoted feature may have minor differences from the original such as:

  • It may be renamed

  • A small number of non-intrusive parameters may have been added

  • The feature may be advertised differently by device features

  • The author ID suffixes will be changed or removed as appropriate

Required Extensions

Extensions that must be enabled alongside extensions dependent on them, or that must be enabled to use given hardware.

Runtime

The software which implements the OpenXR API and allows applications to interact with XR hardware.

Swapchain

A resource that represents a chain of images in device memory. Represented by an XrSwapchain object.

Swapchain Image

Each element in a swapchain. Commonly these are simple formatted 2D images, but in other cases they may be array images. Represented by a structure related to XrSwapchainImageBaseHeader.

Abbreviations

Abbreviations and acronyms are sometimes used in the API where they are considered clear and commonplace, and are defined here:

Abbreviation Description

API

Application Programming Interface

AR

Augmented Reality

ER

Eye Relief

IAD

Inter Axial Distance

IPD

Inter Pupillary Distance

MR

Mixed Reality

OS

Operating System

TSG

Technical Sub-Group. A specialized sub-group within a Khronos Working Group (WG).

VR

Virtual Reality

WG

Working Group. An organized group of people working to define/augment an API.

XR

VR + AR + MR

Dedication (Informative)

In memory of Johannes van Waveren: a loving father, husband, son, brother, colleague, and dear friend.

Johannes, known to his friends as "JP", had a great sense of humor, fierce loyalty, intense drive, a love of rainbow unicorns, and deep disdain for processed American cheese. Perhaps most distinguishing of all, though, was his love of technology and his extraordinary technical ability.

JP’s love of technology started at an early age --- instead of working on his homework, he built train sets, hovercrafts, and complex erector sets from scratch; fashioned a tool for grabbing loose change out of street grates; and played computer games. The passion for computer games continued at Delft University of Technology, where, armed with a T1 internet connection and sheer talent, he regularly destroyed his foes in arena matches without being seen, earning him the moniker "MrElusive". During this time, he wrote the Gladiator-bot AI, which earned him acclaim in the community and led directly to a job at the iconic American computer game company, id Software. From there, he quickly became an expert in every system he touched, contributing significantly to every facet of the technology: AI, path navigation, networking, skeletal animation, virtual texturing, advanced rendering, and physics. He became a master of all. He famously owned more lines of code than anyone else, but he was also a generous mentor, helping junior developers hone their skills and make their own contributions.

When the chance to work in the VR industry arose, he saw it as an opportunity to help shape the future. Having never worked on VR hardware did not phase him; he quickly became a top expert in the field. Many of his contributions directly moved the industry forward, most recently his work on asynchronous timewarp and open-standards development.

Time was not on his side. Even in his final days, JP worked tirelessly on the initial proposal for this specification. The treatments he had undergone took a tremendous physical toll, but he continued to work because of his love of technology, his dedication to the craft, and his desire to get OpenXR started on a solid footing. His focus was unwavering.

His proposal was unofficially adopted several days before his passing - and upon hearing, he mustered the energy for a smile. While it was his great dream to see this process through, he would be proud of the spirit of cooperation, passion, and dedication of the industry peers who took up the torch to drive this specification to completion.

JP lived a life full of accomplishment, as evidenced by many publications, credits, awards, and nominations where you will find his name. A less obvious accomplishment --- but of equal importance --- is the influence he had on people through his passionate leadership. He strove for excellence in everything that he did. He was always excited to talk about technology and share the discoveries made while working through complex problems. He created excitement and interest around engineering and technical excellence. He was a mentor and teacher who inspired those who knew him and many continue to benefit from his hard work and generosity.

JP was a rare gem; fantastically brilliant intellectually, but also warm, compassionate, generous, humble, and funny. Those of us lucky enough to have crossed paths with him knew what a privilege and great honor it was to know him. He is certainly missed.

JP

Contributors (Informative)

OpenXR is the result of contributions from many people and companies participating in the Khronos OpenXR Working Group. Members of the Working Group, including the company that they represented at the time of their most recent contribution, are listed below.

Contributors to OpenXR 0.90 Provisional

  • Adam Gousetis, Google

  • Alex Turner, Microsoft

  • Andreas Loeve Selvik, Arm

  • Andres Rodriguez, Valve Software

  • Armelle Laine, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc

  • Blake Taylor, Magic Leap

  • Brad Grantham, Google

  • Brandon Jones, Google

  • Brent E. Insko, Intel

  • Brent Wilson, Microsoft

  • Bryce Hutchings, Microsoft

  • Cass Everitt, Facebook

  • Charles Egenbacher, Epic Games

  • Christoph Haag, Collabora

  • Craig Donner, Google

  • Dan Ginsburg, Valve Software

  • Dave Houlton, LunarG

  • Dave Shreiner, Unity Technologies

  • Denny Rönngren, Tobii

  • Dmitriy Vasilev, Samsung

  • Doug Twileager, ZSpace

  • Ed Hutchins, Facebook

  • Gloria Kennickell, Facebook

  • Gregory Greeby, AMD

  • Guodong Chen, Huawei

  • Jakob Bornecrantz, Collabora

  • Jared Cheshier, PlutoVR

  • Javier Martinez, Intel

  • Jeff Bellinghausen, Valve Software

  • Jiehua Guo, Huawei

  • Joe Ludwig, Valve Software

  • Johannes van Waveren, Facebook

  • Jon Leech, Khronos

  • Jonathan Wright, Facebook

  • Juan Wee, Samsung

  • Jules Blok, Epic Games

  • Karl Schultz, LunarG

  • Kaye Mason, Google

  • Krzysztof Kosiński, Google

  • Lachlan Ford, Microsoft

  • Lubosz Sarnecki, Collabora

  • Mark Young, LunarG

  • Martin Renschler, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Matias Koskela, Tampere University of Technology

  • Matt Wash, Arm

  • Mattias Brand, Tobii

  • Mattias O. Karlsson, Tobii

  • Michael Gatson, Dell

  • Minmin Gong, Microsoft

  • Mitch Singer, AMD

  • Nell Waliczek, Microsoft

  • Nick Whiting, Epic Games

  • Nigel Williams, Sony

  • Paul Pedriana, Facebook

  • Peter Kuhn, Unity Technologies

  • Peter Peterson, HP Inc.

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve Software

  • Rajeev Gupta, Sony

  • Remi Arnaud, Starbreeze

  • Remy Zimmerman, Logitech

  • River Gillis, Google

  • Robert Memmott, Facebook

  • Robert Menzel, NVIDIA

  • Robert Simpson, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Robin Bourianes, Starbreeze

  • Ryan Pavlik, Collabora

  • Ryan Vance, Epic Games

  • Sam Martin, Arm

  • Satish Salian, NVIDIA

  • Scott Flynn, Unity Technologies

  • Sophia Baldonado, PlutoVR

  • Sungye Kim, Intel

  • Tom Flynn, Samsung

  • Trevor F. Smith, Mozilla

  • Vivek Viswanathan, Dell

  • Yin Li, Microsoft

  • Yuval Boger, Sensics